src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // ============================================================================
  13 // declarations
  14 // ============================================================================
  15
  16 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  17 // headers
  18 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  19
  20 // For compilers that support precompilatixon, includes "wx/wx.h".
  21 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  22
  23 #include "wx/defs.h"
  24
  25 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  26     #pragma hdrstop
  27 #endif
  28
  29 #if wxUSE_GRID
  30
  31 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  32     #include "wx/utils.h"
  33     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  34     #include "wx/settings.h"
  35     #include "wx/log.h"
  36     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  37     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  38     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  39     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  40     #include "wx/intl.h"
  41     #include "wx/math.h"
  42 #endif
  43
  44 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  45 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  46 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  47 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  48
  49 #include "wx/grid.h"
  50 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  59     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  60 #else
  61     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  62 #endif
  63
  64 // Required for wxIs... functions
  65 #include <ctype.h>
  66
  67 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  68 // array classes
  69 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  70
  71 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  72                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  73
  74 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  75 {
  76     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  77         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  78     {
  79     }
  80
  81     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  82     {
  83         attr->DecRef();
  84     }
  85
  86     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  87     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  88
  89 // Cannot do this:
  90 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  91 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  92 };
  93
  94 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  95                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  96
  97 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  98
  99 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 100 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 101
 102 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 103 // events
 104 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 105
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 118 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 119 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 120 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 121 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 122 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 123
 124 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 125 // private classes
 126 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 127
 128 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 129 {
 130 public:
 131     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 132     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 133                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 134
 135 private:
 136     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 137
 138     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 139     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 140     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 141     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 142     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 143     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 144
 145     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 146     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 147     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 148 };
 149
 150
 151 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 152 {
 153 public:
 154     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 155     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 156                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 157
 158 private:
 159     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 160
 161     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 162     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 163     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 164     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 165     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 166     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 167
 168     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 169     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 170     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 171 };
 172
 173
 174 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 175 {
 176 public:
 177     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 178     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 179                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 180
 181 private:
 182     wxGrid *m_owner;
 183
 184     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 185     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 186     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 187     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 188     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 189     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 190
 191     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 192     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 193     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 194 };
 195
 196 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 197 {
 198 public:
 199     wxGridWindow()
 200     {
 201         m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL;
 202         m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL;
 203         m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL;
 204     }
 205
 206     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 207                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 208                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 209                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 210     ~wxGridWindow() {}
 211
 212     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 213
 214     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 215
 216 private:
 217     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 218     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 219     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 220
 221     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 222     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 223     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 224     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 225     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 226     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 227     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 228     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 229
 230     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 231     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 232     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 233 };
 234
 235
 236 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 237 {
 238 public:
 239     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 240         : m_grid(grid),
 241           m_editor(editor),
 242           m_inSetFocus(false)
 243     {
 244     }
 245
 246     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 247     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 248     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 249
 250     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 251
 252 private:
 253     wxGrid*             m_grid;
 254     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 255
 256     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 257     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 258     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 259
 260     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 261     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 262     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 263 };
 264
 265
 266 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 267
 268 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 269     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 270     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 271     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 272 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 273
 274
 275
 276 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 277 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 278 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 279
 280 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 281 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 282 {
 283 public:
 284     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 285     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 286     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 287     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 288
 289 private:
 290     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 291     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 292
 293     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 294 };
 295
 296 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 297 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 298 {
 299 public:
 300     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 301     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() { }
 302     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 303
 304     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 305     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 306     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 307
 308 private:
 309     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 310     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 311 };
 312
 313 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 314 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 315 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 316 {
 317 public:
 318     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 319     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 320                            m_colAttrs;
 321 };
 322
 323
 324 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 325 // data structures used for the data type registry
 326 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 327
 328 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 329 {
 330     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 331                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 332                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 333         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 334         { }
 335
 336     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 337     {
 338         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 339         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 340     }
 341
 342     wxString            m_typeName;
 343     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 344     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 345
 346     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 347 };
 348
 349
 350 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 351                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 352
 353
 354 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 355 {
 356 public:
 357   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 358     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 359
 360     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 361                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 362                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 363
 364     // find one of already registered data types
 365     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 366
 367     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 368     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 369     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 370
 371     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 372     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 373     // registered data type and set params for it
 374     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 375
 376     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 377     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 378
 379 private:
 380     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 381 };
 382
 383 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 384 // conditional compilation
 385 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 386
 387 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 388 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 389 #endif
 390
 391 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 392 // globals
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394
 395 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 396 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 397     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 398     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 399 #endif // DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 400
 401 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 402 // constants
 403 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 404
 405 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 406 wxRect           wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 407
 408 // scroll line size
 409 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 410 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 411 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 412 //
 413 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 414 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 415 //       -- Robin
 416 //
 417 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 418 //       fixing anyhow
 419 //       -- Vadim
 420 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 421 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 422
 423 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 424 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 425 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 426
 427 #if 0
 428 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 429 // private functions
 430 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 431
 432 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 433 {
 434     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 435 }
 436
 437 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 438 {
 439     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 440 }
 441 #endif
 442
 443 // ============================================================================
 444 // implementation
 445 // ============================================================================
 446
 447 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 448 // wxGridCellEditor
 449 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 450
 451 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 452 {
 453     m_control = NULL;
 454     m_attr = NULL;
 455 }
 456
 457
 458 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 459 {
 460     Destroy();
 461 }
 462
 463 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 464                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 465                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 466 {
 467     if ( evtHandler )
 468         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 469 }
 470
 471 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 472                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 473 {
 474     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 475     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 476     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 477     if (gridWindow)
 478         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 479
 480     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 481     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 482     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 483
 484     // redraw the control we just painted over
 485     m_control->Refresh();
 486 }
 487
 488 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 489 {
 490     if (m_control)
 491     {
 492         m_control->PopEventHandler(true /* delete it*/);
 493
 494         m_control->Destroy();
 495         m_control = NULL;
 496     }
 497 }
 498
 499 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 500 {
 501     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 502                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 503     m_control->Show(show);
 504
 505     if ( show )
 506     {
 507         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 508         if ( attr )
 509         {
 510             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 511             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 512
 513             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 514             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 515
 516 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 517 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 518             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 519             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 520 #endif
 521             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 522             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 523         }
 524     }
 525     else
 526     {
 527         // restore the standard colours fonts
 528         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 529         {
 530             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 531             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 532         }
 533
 534         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 535         {
 536             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 537             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 538         }
 539 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 540 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 541         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 542         {
 543             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 544             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 545         }
 546 #endif
 547     }
 548 }
 549
 550 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 551 {
 552     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 553                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 554     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 555 }
 556
 557 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 558 {
 559     event.Skip();
 560 }
 561
 562 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 563 {
 564     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 565     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 566 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 567     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 568     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 569     alt = event.MetaDown();
 570 #endif
 571
 572     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 573     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 574     // through in that case.
 575     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 576         return false;
 577
 578 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 579     int key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 580     bool keyOk = true;
 581
 582     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 583     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 584     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ascii key code but
 585     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 586     if (key <= 127)
 587     {
 588         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 589         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 590     }
 591     return keyOk;
 592 #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE
 593     int key = event.GetKeyCode();
 594     if (key <= 255)
 595         return true;
 596     return false;
 597 #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE
 598 }
 599
 600 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 601 {
 602     event.Skip();
 603 }
 604
 605 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 606 {
 607 }
 608
 609 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 610
 611 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 612 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 613 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 614
 615 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 616 {
 617     m_maxChars = 0;
 618 }
 619
 620 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 621                                   wxWindowID id,
 622                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 623 {
 624     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 625                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 626 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 627                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL
 628 #endif
 629                               );
 630
 631     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 632     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 633     {
 634         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 635     }
 636
 637     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 638 }
 639
 640 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 641                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 642 {
 643     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
 644     // flicker
 645 }
 646
 647 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 648 {
 649     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 650
 651     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal
 652     // margins
 653     //
 654     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for
 655     // unix
 656     //
 657 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 658     if (rect.x != 0)
 659     {
 660         rect.x += 1;
 661         rect.y += 1;
 662         rect.width -= 1;
 663         rect.height -= 1;
 664     }
 665 #else // !GTK
 666     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 )? 2 : 1;
 667
 668 // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show
 669 // when the editor is in the first row.
 670 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 671     int extra_y = 2;
 672 #else
 673     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 )? 2 : 1;
 674 #endif // MSW
 675
 676 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 677     extra_x *= 2;
 678     extra_y *= 2;
 679 #endif
 680     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 681     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 682     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2*extra_x );
 683     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2*extra_y );
 684 #endif // GTK/!GTK
 685
 686     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 687 }
 688
 689 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 690 {
 691     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 692                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 693
 694     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 695
 696     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 697 }
 698
 699 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 700 {
 701     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 702     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 703     Text()->SetSelection(-1,-1);
 704     Text()->SetFocus();
 705 }
 706
 707 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 708                                    wxGrid* grid)
 709 {
 710     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 711                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 712
 713     bool changed = false;
 714     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 715     if (value != m_startValue)
 716         changed = true;
 717
 718     if (changed)
 719         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 720
 721     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 722     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 723     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 724
 725     return changed;
 726 }
 727
 728
 729 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 730 {
 731     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 732                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 733
 734     DoReset(m_startValue);
 735 }
 736
 737 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 738 {
 739     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 740     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 741 }
 742
 743 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 744 {
 745     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 746 }
 747
 748 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 749 {
 750     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 751     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 752     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 753     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 754
 755     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 756     wxChar ch;
 757     long pos;
 758
 759 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 760     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 761     if (ch <= 127)
 762         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 763 #else
 764     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 765 #endif
 766     switch (ch)
 767     {
 768         case WXK_DELETE:
 769             // delete the character at the cursor
 770             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 771             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 772                 tc->Remove(pos, pos+1);
 773             break;
 774
 775         case WXK_BACK:
 776             // delete the character before the cursor
 777             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 778             if (pos > 0)
 779                 tc->Remove(pos-1, pos);
 780             break;
 781
 782         default:
 783             tc->WriteText(ch);
 784             break;
 785     }
 786 }
 787
 788 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 789                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 790 {
 791 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 792     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 793     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 794     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 795     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 796     Text()->SetValue(s);
 797     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 798 #else
 799     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 800     //
 801     event.Skip();
 802 #endif
 803 }
 804
 805 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 806 {
 807     if ( !params )
 808     {
 809         // reset to default
 810         m_maxChars = 0;
 811     }
 812     else
 813     {
 814         long tmp;
 815         if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 816         {
 817             wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
 818         }
 819         else
 820         {
 821             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 822         }
 823     }
 824 }
 825
 826 // return the value in the text control
 827 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 828 {
 829   return Text()->GetValue();
 830 }
 831
 832 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 833 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 835
 836 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 837 {
 838     m_min = min;
 839     m_max = max;
 840 }
 841
 842 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 843                                     wxWindowID id,
 844                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 845 {
 846 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 847     if ( HasRange() )
 848     {
 849         // create a spin ctrl
 850         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 851                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 852                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 853                                    m_min, m_max);
 854
 855         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 856     }
 857     else
 858 #endif
 859     {
 860         // just a text control
 861         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 862
 863 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 864         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 865 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 866     }
 867 }
 868
 869 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 870 {
 871     // first get the value
 872     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 873     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 874     {
 875         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 876     }
 877     else
 878     {
 879         m_valueOld = 0;
 880         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 881         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 882         {
 883             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 884             return;
 885         }
 886     }
 887
 888 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 889     if ( HasRange() )
 890     {
 891         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 892         Spin()->SetFocus();
 893     }
 894     else
 895 #endif
 896     {
 897         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 898     }
 899 }
 900
 901 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 902                                      wxGrid* grid)
 903 {
 904     bool changed;
 905     long value = 0;
 906     wxString text;
 907
 908 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 909     if ( HasRange() )
 910     {
 911         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 912         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 913         if (changed)
 914             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 915     }
 916     else
 917 #endif
 918     {
 919         text = Text()->GetValue();
 920         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 921     }
 922
 923     if ( changed )
 924     {
 925         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 926             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 927         else
 928             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 929     }
 930
 931     return changed;
 932 }
 933
 934 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 935 {
 936 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 937     if ( HasRange() )
 938     {
 939         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 940     }
 941     else
 942 #endif
 943     {
 944         DoReset(GetString());
 945     }
 946 }
 947
 948 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 949 {
 950     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 951     {
 952         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 953         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 954              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 955         {
 956             return true;
 957         }
 958     }
 959
 960     return false;
 961 }
 962
 963 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 964 {
 965     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 966     if ( !HasRange() )
 967     {
 968         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 969         {
 970             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 971
 972             // skip Skip() below
 973             return;
 974         }
 975     }
 976 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 977     else
 978     {
 979         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 980         {
 981             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
 982             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
 983             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
 984             return;
 985         }
 986     }
 987 #endif
 988     event.Skip();
 989 }
 990
 991 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 992 {
 993     if ( !params )
 994     {
 995         // reset to default
 996         m_min =
 997         m_max = -1;
 998     }
 999     else
1000     {
1001         long tmp;
1002         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1003         {
1004             m_min = (int)tmp;
1005
1006             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1007             {
1008                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1009
1010                 // skip the error message below
1011                 return;
1012             }
1013         }
1014
1015         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1016     }
1017 }
1018
1019 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1020 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1021 {
1022     wxString s;
1023
1024 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1025     if ( HasRange() )
1026     {
1027         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1028         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1029     }
1030     else
1031 #endif
1032     {
1033         s = Text()->GetValue();
1034     }
1035
1036     return s;
1037 }
1038
1039 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1040 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1041 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1042
1043 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1044 {
1045     m_width = width;
1046     m_precision = precision;
1047 }
1048
1049 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1050                                    wxWindowID id,
1051                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1052 {
1053     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1054
1055 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1056     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1057 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1058 }
1059
1060 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1061 {
1062     // first get the value
1063     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1064     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1065     {
1066         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1067     }
1068     else
1069     {
1070         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1071         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1072         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1073         {
1074             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1075             return;
1076         }
1077     }
1078
1079     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1080 }
1081
1082 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1083                                      wxGrid* grid)
1084 {
1085     double value = 0.0;
1086     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1087
1088     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1089             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1090     {
1091         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1092             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1093         else
1094             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1095
1096         return true;
1097     }
1098     return false;
1099 }
1100
1101 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1102 {
1103     DoReset(GetString());
1104 }
1105
1106 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1107 {
1108     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1109     char tmpbuf[2];
1110     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1111     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1112     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1113 #if wxUSE_INTL
1114     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1115        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1116 #else
1117     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1118 #endif
1119     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1120          || is_decimal_point )
1121     {
1122         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1123
1124         // skip Skip() below
1125         return;
1126     }
1127
1128     event.Skip();
1129 }
1130
1131 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1132 {
1133     if ( !params )
1134     {
1135         // reset to default
1136         m_width =
1137         m_precision = -1;
1138     }
1139     else
1140     {
1141         long tmp;
1142         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1143         {
1144             m_width = (int)tmp;
1145
1146             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1147             {
1148                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1149
1150                 // skip the error message below
1151                 return;
1152             }
1153         }
1154
1155         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1156     }
1157 }
1158
1159 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1160 {
1161     wxString fmt;
1162     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1163     {
1164         // default precision
1165         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1166     }
1167     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1168     {
1169         // default width
1170         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1171     }
1172     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1173     {
1174         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1175     }
1176     else
1177     {
1178         // default width/precision
1179         fmt = _T("%f");
1180     }
1181
1182     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1183 }
1184
1185 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1186 {
1187     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1188     {
1189         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1190         printf("%d\n", keycode);
1191         // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1192         char tmpbuf[2];
1193         tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1194         tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1195         wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1196 #if wxUSE_INTL
1197         bool is_decimal_point =
1198             ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
1199                                           wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1200 #else
1201         bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1202 #endif
1203         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1204              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1205               is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
1206             return true;
1207     }
1208
1209     return false;
1210 }
1211
1212 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1213
1214 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1215
1216 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1217 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1218 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1219
1220 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1221                                   wxWindowID id,
1222                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1223 {
1224     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1225                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1226                                wxNO_BORDER);
1227
1228     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1229 }
1230
1231 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1232 {
1233     bool resize = false;
1234     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1235     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1236
1237     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1238     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1239     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1240     {
1241         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1242         size = sizeBest;
1243
1244         resize = true;
1245     }
1246
1247     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1248     {
1249         // leave 1 pixel margin
1250         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1251
1252         resize = true;
1253     }
1254
1255     if ( resize )
1256     {
1257         m_control->SetSize(size);
1258     }
1259
1260     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1261
1262 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1263     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1264     // so shift it to the right
1265     size.x -= 8;
1266 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1267     // here too, but in other way
1268     size.x += 1;
1269     size.y -= 2;
1270 #endif
1271
1272     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1273     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1274     if (GetCellAttr())
1275         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1276
1277     int x = 0, y = 0;
1278     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1279     {
1280         x = r.x + 2;
1281 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1282         x += 2;
1283 #endif
1284         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1285     }
1286     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1287     {
1288         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1289         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1290     }
1291     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1292     {
1293         x = r.x + r.width/2 - size.x/2;
1294         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1295     }
1296
1297     m_control->Move(x, y);
1298 }
1299
1300 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1301 {
1302     m_control->Show(show);
1303
1304     if ( show )
1305     {
1306         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1307         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1308     }
1309 }
1310
1311 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1312 {
1313     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1314                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1315
1316     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1317         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1318     else
1319     {
1320         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1321         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1322     }
1323     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1324     CBox()->SetFocus();
1325 }
1326
1327 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1328                                    wxGrid* grid)
1329 {
1330     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1331                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1332
1333     bool changed = false;
1334     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1335     if ( value != m_startValue )
1336         changed = true;
1337
1338     if ( changed )
1339     {
1340         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1341             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1342         else
1343             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1344     }
1345
1346     return changed;
1347 }
1348
1349 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1350 {
1351     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1352                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1353
1354     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1355 }
1356
1357 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1358 {
1359     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1360 }
1361
1362 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1363 {
1364     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1365     {
1366         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1367         switch ( keycode )
1368         {
1369             case WXK_SPACE:
1370             case '+':
1371             case '-':
1372                 return true;
1373         }
1374     }
1375
1376     return false;
1377 }
1378
1379 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1380 {
1381     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1382     switch ( keycode )
1383     {
1384         case WXK_SPACE:
1385             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1386             break;
1387
1388         case '+':
1389             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1390             break;
1391
1392         case '-':
1393             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1394             break;
1395     }
1396 }
1397
1398
1399 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1400 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1401 {
1402   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1403   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1404 }
1405
1406 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1407
1408 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1409
1410 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1411 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1412 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1413
1414 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1415                                                bool allowOthers)
1416     : m_choices(choices),
1417       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1418
1419 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1420                                                const wxString choices[],
1421                                                bool allowOthers)
1422                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1423 {
1424     if ( count )
1425     {
1426         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1427         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1428         {
1429             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1430         }
1431     }
1432 }
1433
1434 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1435 {
1436     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1437     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1438     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1439
1440     return editor;
1441 }
1442
1443 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1444                                     wxWindowID id,
1445                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1446 {
1447     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1448                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1449                                m_choices,
1450                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1451
1452     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1453 }
1454
1455 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1456                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1457 {
1458     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1459     // flicker
1460
1461     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1462     // combo always defaults to the standard...  Until someone has time to
1463     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way...
1464     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1465 }
1466
1467 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1468 {
1469     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1470                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1471
1472     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1473     if (m_control)
1474         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1475
1476     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1477     if (evtHandler)
1478         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1479
1480     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1481
1482     if (m_allowOthers)
1483         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1484     else
1485     {
1486         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1487         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1488         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1489             pos = 0;
1490         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1491     }
1492     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1493     Combo()->SetFocus();
1494
1495     if (evtHandler)
1496     {
1497         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1498         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1499 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1500         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1501 #endif
1502     }
1503 }
1504
1505 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1506                                      wxGrid* grid)
1507 {
1508     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1509     if ( value == m_startValue )
1510         return false;
1511
1512     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1513
1514     return true;
1515 }
1516
1517 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1518 {
1519     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1520     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1521 }
1522
1523 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1524 {
1525     if ( !params )
1526     {
1527         // what can we do?
1528         return;
1529     }
1530
1531     m_choices.Empty();
1532
1533     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1534     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1535     {
1536         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1537     }
1538 }
1539
1540 // return the value in the text control
1541 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1542 {
1543   return Combo()->GetValue();
1544 }
1545
1546 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1547
1548 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1549 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1550 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1551
1552 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1553 {
1554     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1555     if (m_inSetFocus)
1556         return;
1557
1558     // accept changes
1559     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1560
1561     event.Skip();
1562 }
1563
1564 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1565 {
1566     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1567     {
1568         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1569             m_editor->Reset();
1570             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1571             break;
1572
1573         case WXK_TAB:
1574             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1575             break;
1576
1577         case WXK_RETURN:
1578         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1579             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1580                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1581             break;
1582
1583         default:
1584             event.Skip();
1585     }
1586 }
1587
1588 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1589 {
1590     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1591     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1592     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1593     int cw, ch;
1594     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1595     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1596     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1597
1598     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1599     {
1600         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1601         case WXK_TAB:
1602         case WXK_RETURN:
1603         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1604             break;
1605
1606         case WXK_HOME:
1607         {
1608             if( wholeCellVisible )
1609             {
1610                 // no special processing needed...
1611                 event.Skip();
1612                 break;
1613             }
1614
1615             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1616
1617             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1618             int colXPos = 0;
1619             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1620             {
1621                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1622             }
1623
1624             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1625             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1626             if (col != 0)
1627             {
1628                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos/xUnit-1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1629             }
1630             else
1631             {
1632                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos/xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1633             }
1634             event.Skip();
1635             break;
1636         }
1637         case WXK_END:
1638         {
1639             if( wholeCellVisible )
1640             {
1641                 // no special processing needed...
1642                 event.Skip();
1643                 break;
1644             }
1645
1646             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1647
1648             int textWidth = 0;
1649             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1650             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1651             {
1652                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1653                 int y;
1654                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1655                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1656                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1657                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1658                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1659                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1660                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1661                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2));
1662                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1663                 {
1664                     textWidth = 0;
1665                 }
1666             }
1667
1668             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1669             int colXPos = 0;
1670             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1671             {
1672                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1673             }
1674             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1675             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1676             colXPos += textWidth;
1677
1678             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1679             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1680             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos/xUnit-1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1681             event.Skip();
1682             break;
1683         }
1684
1685         default:
1686             event.Skip();
1687     }
1688 }
1689
1690 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1691 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1692 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1693 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1694
1695 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1696 {
1697     // nothing to do
1698 }
1699
1700 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1701 {
1702 }
1703
1704 // ============================================================================
1705 // renderer classes
1706 // ============================================================================
1707
1708 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1709 // wxGridCellRenderer
1710 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1711
1712 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1713                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1714                               wxDC& dc,
1715                               const wxRect& rect,
1716                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1717                               bool isSelected)
1718 {
1719     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1720
1721     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1722     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1723     {
1724         if ( isSelected )
1725         {
1726             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1727         }
1728         else
1729         {
1730             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1731         }
1732     }
1733     else
1734     {
1735         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1736     }
1737
1738     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1739     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1740 }
1741
1742 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1743 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1744 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1745
1746 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1747                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1748                                                      wxDC& dc,
1749                                                      bool isSelected)
1750 {
1751     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1752
1753     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1754
1755     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1756     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1757     {
1758       if ( isSelected )
1759       {
1760           dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1761           dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1762       }
1763       else
1764       {
1765           dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1766           dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1767       }
1768     }
1769     else
1770     {
1771       dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1772       dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1773     }
1774
1775     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1776 }
1777
1778 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1779                                                wxDC& dc,
1780                                                const wxString& text)
1781 {
1782     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1783     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1784     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1785     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1786     {
1787         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1788         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1789     }
1790
1791     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1792
1793     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1794 }
1795
1796 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1797                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1798                                              wxDC& dc,
1799                                              int row, int col)
1800 {
1801     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1802 }
1803
1804 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1805                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1806                                     wxDC& dc,
1807                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1808                                     int row, int col,
1809                                     bool isSelected)
1810 {
1811     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1812     rect.Inflate(-1);
1813
1814     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1815     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1816
1817     int hAlign, vAlign;
1818     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1819
1820     int overflowCols = 0;
1821
1822     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1823     {
1824         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1825         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1826         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1827         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <=0
1828         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1829         {
1830             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1831             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1832             {
1833                 bool is_empty = true;
1834                 for (int j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
1835                 {
1836                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1837                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1838                     if (c_rows > 0) c_rows = 0;
1839                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j+c_rows, i))
1840                     {
1841                         is_empty = false;
1842                         break;
1843                     }
1844                 }
1845                 if (is_empty)
1846                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1847                 else
1848                 {
1849                     i--;
1850                     break;
1851                 }
1852                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1853                     break;
1854             }
1855             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1856             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1857                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1858         }
1859
1860         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1861         {
1862             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1863             wxRect clip = rect;
1864             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1865             // draw each overflow cell individually
1866             int col_end = col+cell_cols+overflowCols;
1867             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1868                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1869             for (int i = col+cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1870             {
1871                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1872                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1873                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1874
1875                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1876                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1877
1878                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1879                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1880                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1881             }
1882
1883             rect = rectCell;
1884             rect.Inflate(-1);
1885             rect.width++;
1886             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1887         }
1888     }
1889
1890     // now we only have to draw the text
1891     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1892
1893     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1894                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1895 }
1896
1897 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1898 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1899 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1900
1901 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1902 {
1903     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1904     wxString text;
1905     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1906     {
1907         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1908     }
1909     else
1910     {
1911         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1912     }
1913
1914     return text;
1915 }
1916
1917 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1918                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1919                                     wxDC& dc,
1920                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1921                                     int row, int col,
1922                                     bool isSelected)
1923 {
1924     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1925
1926     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1927
1928     // draw the text right aligned by default
1929     int hAlign, vAlign;
1930     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1931     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1932
1933     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1934     rect.Inflate(-1);
1935
1936     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1937 }
1938
1939 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1940                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1941                                              wxDC& dc,
1942                                              int row, int col)
1943 {
1944     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1945 }
1946
1947 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1948 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1949 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1950
1951 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1952 {
1953     SetWidth(width);
1954     SetPrecision(precision);
1955 }
1956
1957 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1958 {
1959     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1960     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1961     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1962     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1963
1964     return renderer;
1965 }
1966
1967 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1968 {
1969     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1970
1971     bool hasDouble;
1972     double val;
1973     wxString text;
1974     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1975     {
1976         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1977         hasDouble = true;
1978     }
1979     else
1980     {
1981         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1982         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
1983     }
1984
1985     if ( hasDouble )
1986     {
1987         if ( !m_format )
1988         {
1989             if ( m_width == -1 )
1990             {
1991                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
1992                 {
1993                     // default width/precision
1994                     m_format = _T("%f");
1995                 }
1996                 else
1997                 {
1998                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1999                 }
2000             }
2001             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2002             {
2003                 // default precision
2004                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2005             }
2006             else
2007             {
2008                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2009             }
2010         }
2011
2012         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2013
2014     }
2015     //else: text already contains the string
2016
2017     return text;
2018 }
2019
2020 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2021                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2022                                    wxDC& dc,
2023                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2024                                    int row, int col,
2025                                    bool isSelected)
2026 {
2027     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2028
2029     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2030
2031     // draw the text right aligned by default
2032     int hAlign, vAlign;
2033     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2034     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2035
2036     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2037     rect.Inflate(-1);
2038
2039     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2040 }
2041
2042 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2043                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2044                                             wxDC& dc,
2045                                             int row, int col)
2046 {
2047     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2048 }
2049
2050 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2051 {
2052     if ( !params )
2053     {
2054         // reset to defaults
2055         SetWidth(-1);
2056         SetPrecision(-1);
2057     }
2058     else
2059     {
2060         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2061         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2062         {
2063             long width;
2064             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2065             {
2066                 SetWidth((int)width);
2067             }
2068             else
2069             {
2070                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2071             }
2072         }
2073         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2074         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2075         {
2076             long precision;
2077             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2078             {
2079                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2080             }
2081             else
2082             {
2083                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2084             }
2085         }
2086     }
2087 }
2088
2089
2090 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2091 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2092 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2093
2094 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2095
2096 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2097
2098 // between checkmark and box
2099 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2100
2101 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2102                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2103                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2104                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2105                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2106 {
2107     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2108     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2109     {
2110         // get checkbox size
2111         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2112         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2113         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2114
2115         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
2116 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2117         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2118 #endif
2119
2120         delete checkbox;
2121
2122         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2123     }
2124
2125     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2126 }
2127
2128 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2129                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2130                                   wxDC& dc,
2131                                   const wxRect& rect,
2132                                   int row, int col,
2133                                   bool isSelected)
2134 {
2135     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2136
2137     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2138     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2139
2140     // don't draw outside the cell
2141     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2142     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2143     {
2144         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2145         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2146     }
2147
2148     // draw a border around checkmark
2149     int vAlign, hAlign;
2150     attr.GetAlignment(& hAlign, &vAlign);
2151
2152     wxRect rectBorder;
2153     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2154     {
2155         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width/2 - size.x/2;
2156         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2157         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2158         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2159     }
2160     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2161     {
2162         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2163         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2164         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2165         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2166     }
2167     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2168     {
2169         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2170         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2171         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2172         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2173     }
2174
2175     bool value;
2176     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2177         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2178     else
2179     {
2180         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2181         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2182     }
2183
2184     if ( value )
2185     {
2186         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2187 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2188         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2189         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN/2);
2190         rectMark.x++;
2191         rectMark.y++;
2192 #else // !MSW
2193         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2194 #endif // MSW/!MSW
2195
2196         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2197         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2198     }
2199
2200     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2201     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2202     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2203 }
2204
2205 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2206 // wxGridCellAttr
2207 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2208
2209 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2210 {
2211     m_nRef = 1;
2212
2213     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2214
2215     m_renderer = NULL;
2216     m_editor = NULL;
2217
2218     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2219
2220     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2221     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2222
2223     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2224 }
2225
2226 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2227 {
2228     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2229
2230     if ( HasTextColour() )
2231         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2232     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2233         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2234     if ( HasFont() )
2235         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2236     if ( HasAlignment() )
2237         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2238
2239     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2240
2241     if ( m_renderer )
2242     {
2243         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2244         m_renderer->IncRef();
2245     }
2246     if ( m_editor )
2247     {
2248         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2249         m_editor->IncRef();
2250     }
2251
2252     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2253         attr->SetReadOnly();
2254
2255     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2256
2257     return attr;
2258 }
2259
2260 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2261 {
2262     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2263         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2264     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2265         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2266     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2267         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2268     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2269     {
2270         int hAlign, vAlign;
2271         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2272         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2273     }
2274     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2275         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2276
2277     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2278     // m_renderer/m_editor
2279     //
2280     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2281     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2282     {
2283         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2284         m_renderer->IncRef();
2285     }
2286     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2287     {
2288         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2289         m_editor->IncRef();
2290     }
2291     if ( !HasReadWriteMode()  && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2292         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2293
2294     if (!HasOverflowMode()  && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2295         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2296
2297     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2298 }
2299
2300 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2301 {
2302     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2303
2304     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2305     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2306     // set to negative or zero values such that
2307     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2308     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2309
2310     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2311
2312     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows>0)&&(num_cols<=0)) ||
2313                   !((num_rows<=0)&&(num_cols>0)) ||
2314                   !((num_rows==0)&&(num_cols==0))),
2315                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2316
2317     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2318     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2319 }
2320
2321 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2322 {
2323     if (HasTextColour())
2324     {
2325         return m_colText;
2326     }
2327     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2328     {
2329         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2330     }
2331     else
2332     {
2333         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2334         return wxNullColour;
2335     }
2336 }
2337
2338
2339 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2340 {
2341     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2342         return m_colBack;
2343     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2344         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2345     else
2346     {
2347         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2348         return wxNullColour;
2349     }
2350 }
2351
2352
2353 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2354 {
2355     if (HasFont())
2356         return m_font;
2357     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2358         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2359     else
2360     {
2361         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2362         return wxNullFont;
2363     }
2364 }
2365
2366
2367 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2368 {
2369     if (HasAlignment())
2370     {
2371         if ( hAlign )
2372             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2373         if ( vAlign )
2374             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2375     }
2376     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2377         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2378     else
2379     {
2380         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2381     }
2382 }
2383
2384 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2385 {
2386     if ( num_rows )
2387         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2388     if ( num_cols )
2389         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2390 }
2391
2392 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2393 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2394 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2395 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2396 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2397 // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2398
2399 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2400 {
2401     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer;
2402
2403     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2404     {
2405         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2406         renderer = m_renderer;
2407         renderer->IncRef();
2408     }
2409     else // no non default cell renderer
2410     {
2411         // get default renderer for the data type
2412         if ( grid )
2413         {
2414             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2415             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2416         }
2417         else
2418         {
2419             renderer = NULL;
2420         }
2421
2422         if ( !renderer )
2423         {
2424             if (m_defGridAttr &&  this != m_defGridAttr )
2425             {
2426                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2427                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2428                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2429             }
2430             else // default grid attr
2431             {
2432                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2433                 renderer = m_renderer;
2434                 if ( renderer )
2435                     renderer->IncRef();
2436             }
2437         }
2438     }
2439
2440     // we're supposed to always find something
2441     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2442
2443     return renderer;
2444 }
2445
2446 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2447 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2448 {
2449     wxGridCellEditor *editor;
2450
2451     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2452     {
2453         // use the cells editor if it has one
2454         editor = m_editor;
2455         editor->IncRef();
2456     }
2457     else // no non default cell editor
2458     {
2459         // get default editor for the data type
2460         if ( grid )
2461         {
2462             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2463             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2464         }
2465         else
2466         {
2467             editor = NULL;
2468         }
2469
2470         if ( !editor )
2471         {
2472             if ( m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr )
2473             {
2474                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2475                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2476                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2477             }
2478             else // default grid attr
2479             {
2480                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2481                 editor = m_editor;
2482                 if ( editor )
2483                     editor->IncRef();
2484             }
2485         }
2486     }
2487
2488     // we're supposed to always find something
2489     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2490
2491     return editor;
2492 }
2493
2494 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2495 // wxGridCellAttrData
2496 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2497
2498 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2499 {
2500     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2501     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2502     {
2503         // add the attribute
2504         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2505     }
2506     else
2507     {
2508         // free the old attribute
2509         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2510
2511         if ( attr )
2512         {
2513             // change the attribute
2514             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2515         }
2516         else
2517         {
2518             // remove this attribute
2519             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2520         }
2521     }
2522 }
2523
2524 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2525 {
2526     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2527
2528     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2529     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2530     {
2531         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2532         attr->IncRef();
2533     }
2534
2535     return attr;
2536 }
2537
2538 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2539 {
2540     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2541     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2542     {
2543         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2544         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2545         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2546         {
2547             if (numRows > 0)
2548             {
2549                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2550                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2551             }
2552             else if (numRows < 0)
2553             {
2554                 // If rows deleted ...
2555                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2556                 {
2557                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2558                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2559                 }
2560                 else
2561                 {
2562                     // ...or remove the attribute
2563                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2564                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2565                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2566                     n--;
2567                     count--;
2568                 }
2569             }
2570         }
2571     }
2572 }
2573
2574 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2575 {
2576     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2577     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2578     {
2579         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2580         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2581         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2582         {
2583             if ( numCols > 0 )
2584             {
2585                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2586                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2587             }
2588             else if (numCols < 0)
2589             {
2590                 // If rows deleted ...
2591                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2592                 {
2593                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2594                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2595                 }
2596                 else
2597                 {
2598                     // ...or remove the attribute
2599                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2600                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2601                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2602                     n--; count--;
2603                 }
2604             }
2605         }
2606     }
2607 }
2608
2609 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2610 {
2611     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2612     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2613     {
2614         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2615         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2616         {
2617             return n;
2618         }
2619     }
2620
2621     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2622 }
2623
2624 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2625 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2626 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2627
2628 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2629 {
2630     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2631     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2632     {
2633         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2634     }
2635 }
2636
2637 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2638 {
2639     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2640
2641     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2642     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2643     {
2644         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2645         attr->IncRef();
2646     }
2647
2648     return attr;
2649 }
2650
2651 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2652 {
2653     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2654     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2655     {
2656         // add the attribute
2657         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2658         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2659     }
2660     else
2661     {
2662         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2663         if ( attr )
2664         {
2665             // change the attribute
2666             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2667             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2668         }
2669         else
2670         {
2671             // remove this attribute
2672             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2673             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2674             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2675         }
2676     }
2677 }
2678
2679 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2680 {
2681     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2682     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2683     {
2684         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2685         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2686         {
2687             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2688             {
2689                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2690                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2691             }
2692             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2693             {
2694                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2695                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2696                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2697                 else
2698                 {
2699                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2700                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2701                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2702                     n--;
2703                     count--;
2704                 }
2705             }
2706         }
2707     }
2708 }
2709
2710 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2711 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2712 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2713
2714 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2715 {
2716     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2717 }
2718
2719 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2720 {
2721     delete m_data;
2722 }
2723
2724 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2725 {
2726     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2727 }
2728
2729 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2730                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2731 {
2732     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2733     if ( m_data )
2734     {
2735         switch (kind)
2736         {
2737             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2738                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2739                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2740                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2741                 if (!attr)
2742                 {
2743                     // Basically implement old version.
2744                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2745                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2746                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2747                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2748
2749                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2750                     {
2751                         // Two or more are non NULL
2752                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2753                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2754
2755                         // Order is important..
2756                         if (attrcell)
2757                         {
2758                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2759                             attrcell->DecRef();
2760                         }
2761                         if (attrcol)
2762                         {
2763                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2764                             attrcol->DecRef();
2765                         }
2766                         if (attrrow)
2767                         {
2768                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2769                             attrrow->DecRef();
2770                         }
2771
2772                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2773                         //attr->IncRef();
2774                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2775                     }
2776                     else
2777                     {
2778                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2779                         if (attrrow)
2780                             attr = attrrow;
2781                         if (attrcol)
2782                         {
2783                             if (attr)
2784                                 attr->DecRef();
2785                             attr = attrcol;
2786                         }
2787                         if (attrcell)
2788                         {
2789                             if (attr)
2790                                 attr->DecRef();
2791                             attr = attrcell;
2792                         }
2793                     }
2794                 }
2795             break;
2796
2797             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2798                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2799             break;
2800
2801             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2802                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2803             break;
2804
2805             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2806                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2807             break;
2808
2809             default:
2810                 // unused as yet...
2811                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2812                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2813             break;
2814         }
2815     }
2816     return attr;
2817 }
2818
2819 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2820                                      int row, int col)
2821 {
2822     if ( !m_data )
2823         InitData();
2824
2825     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2826 }
2827
2828 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2829 {
2830     if ( !m_data )
2831         InitData();
2832
2833     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2834 }
2835
2836 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2837 {
2838     if ( !m_data )
2839         InitData();
2840
2841     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2842 }
2843
2844 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2845 {
2846     if ( m_data )
2847     {
2848         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2849
2850         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2851     }
2852 }
2853
2854 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2855 {
2856     if ( m_data )
2857     {
2858         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2859
2860         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2861     }
2862 }
2863
2864 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2865 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2866 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2867
2868 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2869 {
2870     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2871     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2872         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2873 }
2874
2875
2876 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2877                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2878                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2879 {
2880     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2881
2882     // is it already registered?
2883     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2884     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2885     {
2886         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2887         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2888     }
2889     else
2890     {
2891         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2892     }
2893 }
2894
2895 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2896 {
2897     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2898     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2899     {
2900         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2901         {
2902             return i;
2903         }
2904     }
2905
2906     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2907 }
2908
2909 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2910 {
2911     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2912     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2913     {
2914         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2915         // register it "on the fly"
2916 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2917         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2918         {
2919             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2920                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2921                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2922         }
2923         else
2924 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2925 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2926         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2927         {
2928             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2929                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2930                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2931         }
2932         else
2933 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2934 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2935         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2936         {
2937             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2938                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2939                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2940         }
2941         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2942         {
2943             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2944                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2945                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2946         }
2947         else
2948 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2949 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2950         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2951         {
2952             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2953                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2954                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2955         }
2956         else
2957 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2958         {
2959             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2960         }
2961
2962         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
2963         // the last index
2964         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2965     }
2966
2967     return index;
2968 }
2969
2970 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2971 {
2972     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
2973     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2974     {
2975         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
2976         // are the parameters for the renderer
2977         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
2978         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2979         {
2980             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2981         }
2982
2983         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
2984         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
2985         renderer = renderer->Clone();
2986         rendererOld->DecRef();
2987
2988         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
2989         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
2990         editor = editor->Clone();
2991         editorOld->DecRef();
2992
2993         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
2994         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
2995         renderer->SetParameters(params);
2996         editor->SetParameters(params);
2997
2998         // register the new typename
2999         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3000
3001         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3002         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3003     }
3004
3005     return index;
3006 }
3007
3008 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3009 {
3010     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3011     if (renderer)
3012         renderer->IncRef();
3013     return renderer;
3014 }
3015
3016 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3017 {
3018     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3019     if (editor)
3020         editor->IncRef();
3021     return editor;
3022 }
3023
3024 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3025 // wxGridTableBase
3026 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3027
3028 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3029
3030
3031 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3032 {
3033     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3034     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3035 }
3036
3037 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3038 {
3039     delete m_attrProvider;
3040 }
3041
3042 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3043 {
3044     delete m_attrProvider;
3045     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3046 }
3047
3048 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3049 {
3050     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3051     {
3052         // use the default attr provider by default
3053         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3054     }
3055     return true;
3056 }
3057
3058 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3059 {
3060     if ( m_attrProvider )
3061         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3062     else
3063         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3064 }
3065
3066
3067 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3068 {
3069     if ( m_attrProvider )
3070     {
3071         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3072         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3073     }
3074     else
3075     {
3076         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3077         // free it now
3078         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3079     }
3080 }
3081
3082 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3083 {
3084     if ( m_attrProvider )
3085     {
3086         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3087         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3088     }
3089     else
3090     {
3091         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3092         // free it now
3093         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3094     }
3095 }
3096
3097 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3098 {
3099     if ( m_attrProvider )
3100     {
3101         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3102         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3103     }
3104     else
3105     {
3106         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3107         // free it now
3108         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3109     }
3110 }
3111
3112 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3113                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3114 {
3115     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3116
3117     return false;
3118 }
3119
3120 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3121 {
3122     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3123
3124     return false;
3125 }
3126
3127 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3128                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3129 {
3130     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3131
3132     return false;
3133 }
3134
3135 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3136                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3137 {
3138     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3139
3140     return false;
3141 }
3142
3143 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3144 {
3145     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3146
3147     return false;
3148 }
3149
3150 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3151                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3152 {
3153     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3154
3155     return false;
3156 }
3157
3158 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3159 {
3160     wxString s;
3161     s << row + 1; // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, no matter
3162                   //     how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3163     return s;
3164 }
3165
3166 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3167 {
3168     // default col labels are:
3169     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3170     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3171     //   etc.
3172
3173     wxString s;
3174     unsigned int i, n;
3175     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3176     {
3177         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)( col%26 ));
3178         col = col/26 - 1;
3179         if ( col < 0 )
3180             break;
3181     }
3182
3183     // reverse the string...
3184     wxString s2;
3185     for ( i = 0;  i < n;  i++ )
3186     {
3187         s2 += s[n-i-1];
3188     }
3189
3190     return s2;
3191 }
3192
3193 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3194 {
3195     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3196 }
3197
3198 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3199                                      const wxString& typeName )
3200 {
3201     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3202 }
3203
3204 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3205 {
3206     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3207 }
3208
3209 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3210 {
3211     return 0;
3212 }
3213
3214 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3215 {
3216     return 0.0;
3217 }
3218
3219 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3220 {
3221     return false;
3222 }
3223
3224 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3225                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3226 {
3227 }
3228
3229 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3230                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3231 {
3232 }
3233
3234 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3235                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3236 {
3237 }
3238
3239
3240 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3241                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3242 {
3243     return NULL;
3244 }
3245
3246 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3247                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3248                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3249 {
3250 }
3251
3252 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3253 //
3254 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3255 // to the grid view
3256 //
3257
3258 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3259 {
3260     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3261     m_id = -1;
3262     m_comInt1 = -1;
3263     m_comInt2 = -1;
3264 }
3265
3266 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3267                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3268 {
3269     m_table = table;
3270     m_id = id;
3271     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3272     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3273 }
3274
3275
3276
3277 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3278 //
3279 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3280 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3281 //
3282
3283 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3284
3285 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3286
3287 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3288         : wxGridTableBase()
3289 {
3290 }
3291
3292 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3293         : wxGridTableBase()
3294 {
3295     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3296
3297     wxArrayString sa;
3298     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3299     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3300
3301     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3302 }
3303
3304 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3305 {
3306 }
3307
3308 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3309 {
3310     return m_data.GetCount();
3311 }
3312
3313 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3314 {
3315     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3316         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3317     else
3318         return 0;
3319 }
3320
3321 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3322 {
3323     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3324                  wxEmptyString,
3325                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3326
3327     return m_data[row][col];
3328 }
3329
3330 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3331 {
3332     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3333                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3334
3335     m_data[row][col] = value;
3336 }
3337
3338 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3339 {
3340     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3341                  true,
3342                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3343
3344     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3345 }
3346
3347 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3348 {
3349     int row, col;
3350     int numRows, numCols;
3351
3352     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3353     if ( numRows > 0 )
3354     {
3355         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3356
3357         for ( row = 0;  row < numRows;  row++ )
3358         {
3359             for ( col = 0;  col < numCols;  col++ )
3360             {
3361                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3362             }
3363         }
3364     }
3365 }
3366
3367
3368 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3369 {
3370     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3371     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3372                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3373
3374     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3375     {
3376         return AppendRows( numRows );
3377     }
3378
3379     wxArrayString sa;
3380     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3381     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3382     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3383     if ( GetView() )
3384     {
3385         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3386                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3387                                 pos,
3388                                 numRows );
3389
3390         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3391     }
3392
3393     return true;
3394 }
3395
3396 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3397 {
3398     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3399     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3400                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3401                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3402
3403     wxArrayString sa;
3404     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3405     {
3406         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3407         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3408     }
3409
3410     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3411
3412     if ( GetView() )
3413     {
3414         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3415                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3416                                 numRows );
3417
3418         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3419     }
3420
3421     return true;
3422 }
3423
3424 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3425 {
3426     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3427
3428     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3429     {
3430         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3431                     (
3432                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3433                         (unsigned long)pos,
3434                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3435                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3436                     ) );
3437
3438         return false;
3439     }
3440
3441     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3442     {
3443         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3444     }
3445
3446     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3447     {
3448         m_data.Clear();
3449     }
3450     else
3451     {
3452         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3453     }
3454
3455     if ( GetView() )
3456     {
3457         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3458                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3459                                 pos,
3460                                 numRows );
3461
3462         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3463     }
3464
3465     return true;
3466 }
3467
3468 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3469 {
3470     size_t row, col;
3471
3472     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3473     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3474                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3475                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3476
3477     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3478     {
3479         return AppendCols( numCols );
3480     }
3481
3482     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3483     {
3484         for ( col = pos;  col < pos + numCols;  col++ )
3485         {
3486             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3487         }
3488     }
3489
3490     if ( GetView() )
3491     {
3492         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3493                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3494                                 pos,
3495                                 numCols );
3496
3497         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3498     }
3499
3500     return true;
3501 }
3502
3503 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3504 {
3505     size_t row;
3506
3507     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3508 #if 0
3509     if ( !curNumRows )
3510     {
3511         // TODO: something better than this ?
3512         //
3513         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3514         return false;
3515     }
3516 #endif
3517
3518     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3519     {
3520         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3521     }
3522
3523     if ( GetView() )
3524     {
3525         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3526                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3527                                 numCols );
3528
3529         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3530     }
3531
3532     return true;
3533 }
3534
3535 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3536 {
3537     size_t row;
3538
3539     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3540     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3541                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3542
3543     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3544     {
3545         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3546                     (
3547                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3548                         (unsigned long)pos,
3549                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3550                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3551                     ) );
3552         return false;
3553     }
3554
3555     if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )
3556     {
3557         numCols = curNumCols - pos;
3558     }
3559
3560     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3561     {
3562         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3563         {
3564             m_data[row].Clear();
3565         }
3566         else
3567         {
3568             m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3569         }
3570     }
3571
3572     if ( GetView() )
3573     {
3574         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3575                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3576                                 pos,
3577                                 numCols );
3578
3579         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3580     }
3581
3582     return true;
3583 }
3584
3585 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3586 {
3587     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3588     {
3589         // using default label
3590         //
3591         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3592     }
3593     else
3594     {
3595         return m_rowLabels[ row ];
3596     }
3597 }
3598
3599 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3600 {
3601     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3602     {
3603         // using default label
3604         //
3605         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3606     }
3607     else
3608     {
3609         return m_colLabels[ col ];
3610     }
3611 }
3612
3613 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3614 {
3615     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3616     {
3617         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3618         int i;
3619         for ( i = n;  i <= row;  i++ )
3620         {
3621             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3622         }
3623     }
3624
3625     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3626 }
3627
3628 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3629 {
3630     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3631     {
3632         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3633         int i;
3634         for ( i = n;  i <= col;  i++ )
3635         {
3636             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3637         }
3638     }
3639
3640     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3641 }
3642
3643
3644 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3645 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3646
3647 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3648
3649 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3650     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3651     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3652     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3653     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3654     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3655     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3656 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3657
3658 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3659                                             wxWindowID id,
3660                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3661   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3662 {
3663     m_owner = parent;
3664 }
3665
3666 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3667 {
3668     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3669
3670     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3671     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3672     // set the y coord  - MB
3673     //
3674     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3675
3676     int x, y;
3677     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3678     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3679
3680     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3681     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc , rows );
3682 }
3683
3684 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3685 {
3686     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3687 }
3688
3689 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3690 {
3691     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3692 }
3693
3694 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3695 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3696 //
3697 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3698 {
3699     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3700 }
3701
3702 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3703 {
3704     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3705 }
3706
3707 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3708 {
3709     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3710 }
3711
3712
3713 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3714
3715 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3716
3717 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3718     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3719     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3720     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3721     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3722     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3723     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3724 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3725
3726 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3727                                             wxWindowID id,
3728                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3729   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3730 {
3731     m_owner = parent;
3732 }
3733
3734 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3735 {
3736     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3737
3738     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3739     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3740     // set the x coord  - MB
3741     //
3742     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3743
3744     int x, y;
3745     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3746     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3747
3748     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3749     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc , cols );
3750 }
3751
3752 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3753 {
3754     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3755 }
3756
3757 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3758 {
3759     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3760 }
3761
3762 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3763 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3764 //
3765 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3766 {
3767     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3768         event.Skip();
3769 }
3770
3771 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3772 {
3773     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3774         event.Skip();
3775 }
3776
3777 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3778 {
3779     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3780         event.Skip();
3781 }
3782
3783
3784 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3785
3786 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3787
3788 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3789     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3790     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3791     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint)
3792     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3793     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3794     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3795 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3796
3797 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3798                                                   wxWindowID id,
3799                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3800   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3801 {
3802     m_owner = parent;
3803 }
3804
3805 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3806 {
3807     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3808
3809     int client_height = 0;
3810     int client_width = 0;
3811     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3812
3813     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3814 #ifdef __WXGTK__
3815     wxRect rect;
3816     rect.SetX( 1 );
3817     rect.SetY( 1 );
3818     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3819     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3820
3821     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3822 #else // !__WXGTK__
3823     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
3824     dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, client_width-1, 0 );
3825     dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, 0, client_height-1 );
3826     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3827     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3828
3829     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3830     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width-1, 1 );
3831     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height-1 );
3832 #endif // __WXGTK__/!__WXGTK__
3833 }
3834
3835 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3836 {
3837     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3838 }
3839
3840 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3841 {
3842     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3843 }
3844
3845 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3846 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3847 //
3848 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3849 {
3850     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3851 }
3852
3853 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3854 {
3855     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3856 }
3857
3858 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3859 {
3860     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3861 }
3862
3863
3864 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3865
3866 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3867
3868 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3869     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3870     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3871     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3872     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3873     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3874     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3875     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3876     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3877     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3878 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3879
3880 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3881                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3882                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3883                             wxWindowID id,
3884                             const wxPoint &pos,
3885                             const wxSize &size )
3886             : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3887                         wxT("grid window") )
3888 {
3889     m_owner = parent;
3890     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3891     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3892 }
3893
3894 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3895 {
3896     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3897     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3898     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3899     wxGridCellCoordsArray DirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3900     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc , DirtyCells);
3901 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3902     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3903 #endif
3904     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3905     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc , DirtyCells );
3906 }
3907
3908 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3909 {
3910     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3911     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3912     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3913 }
3914
3915 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3916 {
3917     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3918         SetFocus();
3919
3920     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3921 }
3922
3923 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3924 {
3925     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3926 }
3927
3928 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3929 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3930 //
3931 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3932 {
3933     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3934         event.Skip();
3935 }
3936
3937 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3938 {
3939     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3940         event.Skip();
3941 }
3942
3943 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3944 {
3945     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3946         event.Skip();
3947 }
3948
3949 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3950 {
3951 }
3952
3953 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
3954 {
3955     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3956         event.Skip();
3957 }
3958
3959 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3960
3961 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
3962 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
3963 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
3964 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
3965
3966 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
3967
3968 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
3969                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
3970                            bool clipToMinMax);
3971
3972 #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
3973                                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, \
3974                                           m_colRights, m_numCols, true)
3975 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
3976                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
3977                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
3978 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3979
3980 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
3981 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3982
3983 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3984     // new style border flags, we put them first to
3985     // use them for streaming out
3986     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
3987     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
3988     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
3989     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
3990     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
3991     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
3992
3993     // old style border flags
3994     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
3995     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
3996     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
3997     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
3998     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
3999     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4000
4001     // standard window styles
4002     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4003     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4004     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4005     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4006     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4007     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
4008     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4009     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4010
4011 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4012
4013 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4014
4015 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4016     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4017     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4018 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4019
4020 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4021 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4022
4023 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4024
4025 /*
4026  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout etc. via appropriate objects (\81à la NotebookPageInfo)
4027 */
4028 #else
4029 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4030 #endif
4031
4032 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4033     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4034     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4035     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4036     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4037     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4038     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4039 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4040
4041 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4042 {
4043     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4044     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4045     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL ;
4046     m_rowLabelWin = NULL ;
4047     m_colLabelWin = NULL ;
4048     m_gridWin = NULL ;
4049 }
4050
4051 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4052                  wxWindowID id,
4053                  const wxPoint& pos,
4054                  const wxSize& size,
4055                  long style,
4056                  const wxString& name )
4057   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4058     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4059     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4060 {
4061     Create();
4062     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4063 }
4064
4065 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4066                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4067                           long style, const wxString& name)
4068 {
4069     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4070                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS , name))
4071         return false;
4072
4073     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
4074     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
4075
4076     Create() ;
4077     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4078
4079     return true;
4080 }
4081
4082
4083 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4084 {
4085     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4086     SetTargetWindow(this);
4087     ClearAttrCache();
4088     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4089
4090 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4091     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4092     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4093                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4094              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4095              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4096 #endif
4097
4098     if (m_ownTable)
4099         delete m_table;
4100
4101     delete m_typeRegistry;
4102     delete m_selection;
4103 }
4104
4105
4106 //
4107 // ----- internal init and update functions
4108 //
4109
4110 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4111 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4112 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4113
4114 #if _USE_VISATTR
4115 #include "wx/listbox.h"
4116 #endif
4117
4118 void wxGrid::Create()
4119 {
4120     m_created = false;    // set to true by CreateGrid
4121
4122     m_table        = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4123     m_ownTable     = false;
4124
4125     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4126
4127     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4128
4129     // Set default cell attributes
4130     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4131     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4132     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4133     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4134     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4135     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4136
4137 #if _USE_VISATTR
4138     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4139     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4140
4141     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4142     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4143
4144 #else
4145     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4146         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4147     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4148         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4149 #endif
4150
4151     m_numRows = 0;
4152     m_numCols = 0;
4153     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4154
4155     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4156     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4157
4158     // create the type registry
4159     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4160     m_selection = NULL;
4161
4162     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4163     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4164                                                     wxID_ANY,
4165                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4166                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4167
4168     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4169                                               wxID_ANY,
4170                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4171                                               wxDefaultSize );
4172
4173     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4174                                               wxID_ANY,
4175                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4176                                               wxDefaultSize );
4177
4178     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4179                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4180                                   m_colLabelWin,
4181                                   wxID_ANY,
4182                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4183                                   wxDefaultSize );
4184
4185     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4186
4187 #if _USE_VISATTR
4188     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4189     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4190     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4191     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4192 #else
4193     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4194     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4195     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4196     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4197 #endif
4198     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4199     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4200     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4201     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4202     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4203     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4204
4205     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4206     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4207
4208     Init();
4209 }
4210
4211
4212 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4213                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4214 {
4215     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4216                  false,
4217                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4218
4219     m_numRows = numRows;
4220     m_numCols = numCols;
4221
4222     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4223     m_table->SetView( this );
4224     m_ownTable = true;
4225     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4226
4227     CalcDimensions();
4228
4229     m_created = true;
4230
4231     return m_created;
4232 }
4233
4234 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4235 {
4236     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4237                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4238
4239     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4240 }
4241
4242 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4243 {
4244     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4245                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4246
4247     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4248 }
4249
4250 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4251                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4252 {
4253     if ( m_created )
4254     {
4255         // stop all processing
4256         m_created = false;
4257
4258         if (m_ownTable)
4259         {
4260             wxGridTableBase *t=m_table;
4261             m_table=0;
4262             delete t;
4263         }
4264         delete m_selection;
4265
4266         m_table=0;
4267         m_selection=0;
4268         m_numRows=0;
4269         m_numCols=0;
4270     }
4271     if (table)
4272     {
4273         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4274         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4275
4276         m_table = table;
4277         m_table->SetView( this );
4278         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4279         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4280
4281         CalcDimensions();
4282
4283         m_created = true;
4284     }
4285
4286     return m_created;
4287 }
4288
4289
4290 void wxGrid::Init()
4291 {
4292     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4293     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4294
4295     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4296     {
4297         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4298     }
4299     else
4300     {
4301         m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( _T("WHITE") );
4302     }
4303
4304     m_labelTextColour = wxColour( _T("BLACK") );
4305
4306     // init attr cache
4307     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4308     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4309     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4310
4311     // TODO: something better than this ?
4312     //
4313     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4314     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4315
4316     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4317     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4318
4319     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4320     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4321     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4322
4323     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4324     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4325
4326     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4327     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4328
4329 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4330     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4331 #else
4332     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4333 #endif
4334
4335     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4336     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4337     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4338     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4339     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4340
4341     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4342     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4343     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4344     m_canDragColSize = true;
4345     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4346     m_canDragCell = false;
4347     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4348     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4349     m_isDragging = false;
4350     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4351
4352     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4353
4354     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4355     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4356
4357     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4358
4359     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4360     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4361     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4362     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4363
4364     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4365
4366     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4367     m_batchCount = 0;
4368
4369     m_extraWidth =
4370     m_extraHeight = 0;
4371
4372     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4373     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4374 }
4375
4376 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4377 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4378 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4379 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4380 // arrays at all
4381 //
4382 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4383 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4384 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4385
4386 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4387 {
4388     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4389     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4390
4391     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4392     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4393
4394     int rowBottom = 0;
4395
4396     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4397
4398     for ( int i = 0;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4399     {
4400         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4401         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4402     }
4403 }
4404
4405 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4406 {
4407     m_colWidths.Empty();
4408     m_colRights.Empty();
4409
4410     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4411     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4412     int colRight = 0;
4413
4414     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4415
4416     for ( int i = 0;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4417     {
4418         colRight += m_defaultColWidth;
4419         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4420     }
4421 }
4422
4423 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4424 {
4425     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4426 }
4427
4428 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4429 {
4430     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth
4431                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4432 }
4433
4434 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4435 {
4436     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4437                                  : m_colRights[col];
4438 }
4439
4440 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4441 {
4442     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4443 }
4444
4445 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4446 {
4447     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4448                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4449 }
4450
4451 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4452 {
4453     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4454                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4455 }
4456
4457 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4458 {
4459     int cw, ch;
4460     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4461
4462     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4463         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4464     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4465         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4466
4467     // grid total size
4468     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4469     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4470
4471     // take into account editor if shown
4472     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4473     {
4474       int w2, h2;
4475       int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4476       int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4477       int x = GetColLeft(c);
4478       int y = GetRowTop(r);
4479
4480       // how big is the editor
4481       wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4482       wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4483       editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4484       w2 += x;
4485       h2 += y;
4486       if ( w2 > w )
4487           w = w2;
4488       if ( h2 > h )
4489           h = h2;
4490       editor->DecRef();
4491       attr->DecRef();
4492     }
4493
4494     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4495     int x, y;
4496     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4497
4498     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4499     if ( x >= w )
4500         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4501     if ( y >= h )
4502         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4503
4504     // do set scrollbar parameters
4505     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4506                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4507                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4508
4509     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4510     // still must reposition the children
4511     CalcWindowSizes();
4512 }
4513
4514
4515 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4516 {
4517     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4518
4519     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4520         return ;
4521
4522     int cw, ch;
4523     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4524
4525     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4526         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4527
4528     if (  m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4529         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight);
4530
4531     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4532         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight);
4533
4534     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4535         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight);
4536 }
4537
4538
4539 // this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it
4540 // has been redimensioned
4541 //
4542 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4543 {
4544     int i;
4545     bool result = false;
4546
4547     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4548     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4549     ClearAttrCache();
4550     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4551     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4552     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4553     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4554     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4555     HideCellEditControl();
4556 #if 0
4557     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4558     // now
4559     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4560     {
4561         InitColWidths();
4562     }
4563
4564     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4565     {
4566         InitRowHeights();
4567     }
4568 #endif
4569
4570     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4571     {
4572         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4573         {
4574             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4575             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4576
4577             m_numRows += numRows;
4578
4579             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4580             {
4581                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4582                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4583
4584                 int bottom = 0;
4585                 if ( pos > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos-1];
4586
4587                 for ( i = pos;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4588                 {
4589                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4590                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4591                 }
4592             }
4593             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4594             {
4595                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4596                 // cell will be undefined...
4597                 //
4598                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4599             }
4600
4601             if ( m_selection )
4602                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4603             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4604             if (attrProvider)
4605                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4606
4607             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4608             {
4609                 CalcDimensions();
4610                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4611             }
4612         }
4613         result = true;
4614         break;
4615
4616         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4617         {
4618             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4619             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4620             m_numRows += numRows;
4621
4622             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4623             {
4624                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4625                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4626
4627                 int bottom = 0;
4628                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows-1];
4629
4630                 for ( i = oldNumRows;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4631                 {
4632                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4633                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4634                 }
4635             }
4636             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4637             {
4638                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4639                 // cell will be undefined...
4640                 //
4641                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4642             }
4643             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4644             {
4645                 CalcDimensions();
4646                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4647             }
4648         }
4649         result = true;
4650         break;
4651
4652         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4653         {
4654             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4655             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4656             m_numRows -= numRows;
4657
4658             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4659             {
4660                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4661                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4662
4663                 int h = 0;
4664                 for ( i = 0;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4665                 {
4666                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4667                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4668                 }
4669             }
4670             if ( !m_numRows )
4671             {
4672                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4673             }
4674             else
4675             {
4676                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4677                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4678             }
4679
4680             if ( m_selection )
4681                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4682             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4683             if (attrProvider)
4684             {
4685                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4686 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4687 #if 0
4688                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4689                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4690                 // all column attributes.
4691                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4692                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4693                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4694                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4695 #endif
4696             }
4697             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4698             {
4699                 CalcDimensions();
4700                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4701             }
4702         }
4703         result = true;
4704         break;
4705
4706         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4707         {
4708             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4709             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4710             m_numCols += numCols;
4711
4712             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4713             {
4714                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4715                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4716
4717                 int right = 0;
4718                 if ( pos > 0 ) right = m_colRights[pos-1];
4719
4720                 for ( i = pos;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4721                 {
4722                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4723                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4724                 }
4725             }
4726             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4727             {
4728                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4729                 // cell will be undefined...
4730                 //
4731                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4732             }
4733
4734             if ( m_selection )
4735                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4736             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4737             if (attrProvider)
4738                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4739             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4740             {
4741                 CalcDimensions();
4742                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4743             }
4744
4745         }
4746         result = true;
4747         break;
4748
4749         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4750         {
4751             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4752             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4753             m_numCols += numCols;
4754             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4755             {
4756                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4757                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4758
4759                 int right = 0;
4760                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) right = m_colRights[oldNumCols-1];
4761
4762                 for ( i = oldNumCols;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4763                 {
4764                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4765                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4766                 }
4767             }
4768             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4769             {
4770                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4771                 // cell will be undefined...
4772                 //
4773                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4774             }
4775             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4776             {
4777                 CalcDimensions();
4778                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4779             }
4780         }
4781         result = true;
4782         break;
4783
4784         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4785         {
4786             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4787             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4788             m_numCols -= numCols;
4789
4790             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4791             {
4792                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4793                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4794
4795                 int w = 0;
4796                 for ( i = 0;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4797                 {
4798                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4799                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4800                 }
4801             }
4802             if ( !m_numCols )
4803             {
4804                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4805             }
4806             else
4807             {
4808                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4809                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4810             }
4811
4812             if ( m_selection )
4813                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4814             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4815             if (attrProvider)
4816             {
4817                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4818 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4819 #if 0
4820                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4821                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4822                 // all row attributes.
4823                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4824                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4825                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4826                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4827 #endif
4828             }
4829             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4830             {
4831                 CalcDimensions();
4832                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4833             }
4834         }
4835         result = true;
4836         break;
4837     }
4838
4839     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4840         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4841     return result;
4842 }
4843
4844
4845 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4846 {
4847     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4848     wxRect r;
4849
4850     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4851
4852     int top, bottom;
4853     while ( iter )
4854     {
4855         r = iter.GetRect();
4856
4857         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4858         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4859         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4860         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4861         //
4862 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4863         int cw, ch;
4864         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4865         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
4866         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4867 #endif
4868
4869         // logical bounds of update region
4870         //
4871         int dummy;
4872         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
4873         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
4874
4875         // find the row labels within these bounds
4876         //
4877         int row;
4878         for ( row = internalYToRow(top);  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
4879         {
4880             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
4881                 continue;
4882
4883             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4884                 break;
4885
4886             rowlabels.Add( row );
4887         }
4888
4889         ++iter;
4890     }
4891
4892     return rowlabels;
4893 }
4894
4895
4896 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4897 {
4898     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4899     wxRect r;
4900
4901     wxArrayInt colLabels;
4902
4903     int left, right;
4904     while ( iter )
4905     {
4906         r = iter.GetRect();
4907
4908         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4909         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4910         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4911         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4912         //
4913 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4914         int cw, ch;
4915         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4916         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
4917         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4918 #endif
4919
4920         // logical bounds of update region
4921         //
4922         int dummy;
4923         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
4924         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
4925
4926         // find the cells within these bounds
4927         //
4928         int col;
4929         for ( col = internalXToCol(left);  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
4930         {
4931             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
4932                 continue;
4933
4934             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4935                 break;
4936
4937             colLabels.Add( col );
4938         }
4939
4940         ++iter;
4941     }
4942     return colLabels;
4943 }
4944
4945
4946 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4947 {
4948     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4949     wxRect r;
4950
4951     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
4952
4953     int left, top, right, bottom;
4954     while ( iter )
4955     {
4956         r = iter.GetRect();
4957
4958         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4959         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4960         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4961         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4962         //
4963 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4964         int cw, ch;
4965         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4966         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
4967         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
4968         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4969         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4970 #endif
4971
4972         // logical bounds of update region
4973         //
4974         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
4975         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
4976
4977         // find the cells within these bounds
4978         //
4979         int row, col;
4980         for ( row = internalYToRow(top);  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
4981         {
4982             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
4983                 continue;
4984
4985             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4986                 break;
4987
4988             for ( col = internalXToCol(left);  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
4989             {
4990                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
4991                     continue;
4992
4993                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4994                     break;
4995
4996                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
4997             }
4998         }
4999
5000         ++iter;
5001     }
5002
5003     return cellsExposed;
5004 }
5005
5006
5007 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5008 {
5009     int x, y, row;
5010     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5011     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5012
5013     if ( event.Dragging() )
5014     {
5015         if (!m_isDragging)
5016         {
5017             m_isDragging = true;
5018             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5019         }
5020
5021         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5022         {
5023             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5024             {
5025                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5026                 {
5027                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5028                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5029                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5030
5031                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5032                     PrepareDC( dc );
5033                     y = wxMax( y,
5034                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5035                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5036                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5037                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5038                     {
5039                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5040                     }
5041                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5042                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5043                 }
5044                 break;
5045
5046                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5047                 {
5048                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5049                     {
5050                         if ( m_selection )
5051                         {
5052                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5053                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5054                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5055                                                     event.AltDown(),
5056                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5057                         }
5058                     }
5059                 }
5060                 break;
5061
5062                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5063                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5064                 default:
5065                     break;
5066             }
5067         }
5068         return;
5069     }
5070
5071     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5072         return;
5073
5074     if (m_isDragging)
5075     {
5076         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5077         m_isDragging = false;
5078     }
5079
5080     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5081     //
5082     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5083     {
5084         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5085     }
5086
5087
5088     // ------------ Left button pressed
5089     //
5090     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5091     {
5092         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5093         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5094         // wanting to resize the row
5095         //
5096         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5097         {
5098             row = YToRow(y);
5099             if ( row >= 0  &&
5100                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5101             {
5102                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() )
5103                     ClearSelection();
5104                 if ( m_selection )
5105                 {
5106                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5107                     {
5108                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5109                                                   0,
5110                                                   row,
5111                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5112                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5113                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5114                                                   event.AltDown(),
5115                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5116                     }
5117                     else
5118                     {
5119                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5120                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5121                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5122                                                 event.AltDown(),
5123                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5124                     }
5125                 }
5126
5127                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5128             }
5129         }
5130         else
5131         {
5132             // starting to drag-resize a row
5133             //
5134             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5135                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5136         }
5137     }
5138
5139
5140     // ------------ Left double click
5141     //
5142     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5143     {
5144         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5145         if ( row < 0 )
5146         {
5147             row = YToRow(y);
5148             if ( row >=0 &&
5149                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5150             {
5151                 // no default action at the moment
5152             }
5153         }
5154         else
5155         {
5156             // adjust row height depending on label text
5157             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5158
5159             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5160             m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5161         }
5162     }
5163
5164
5165     // ------------ Left button released
5166     //
5167     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5168     {
5169         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5170         {
5171             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5172
5173             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5174             // default processing in this case
5175             //
5176             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5177         }
5178
5179         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5180         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5181     }
5182
5183
5184     // ------------ Right button down
5185     //
5186     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5187     {
5188         row = YToRow(y);
5189         if ( row >=0 &&
5190              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5191         {
5192             // no default action at the moment
5193         }
5194     }
5195
5196
5197     // ------------ Right double click
5198     //
5199     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5200     {
5201         row = YToRow(y);
5202         if ( row >= 0 &&
5203              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5204         {
5205             // no default action at the moment
5206         }
5207     }
5208
5209
5210     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5211     //
5212     else if ( event.Moving() )
5213     {
5214         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5215         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5216         {
5217             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5218             {
5219                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5220                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5221                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5222             }
5223         }
5224         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5225         {
5226             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5227         }
5228     }
5229 }
5230
5231
5232 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5233 {
5234     int x, y, col;
5235     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5236     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5237
5238     if ( event.Dragging() )
5239     {
5240         if (!m_isDragging)
5241         {
5242             m_isDragging = true;
5243             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5244         }
5245
5246         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5247         {
5248             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5249             {
5250                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5251                 {
5252                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5253                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5254                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5255
5256                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5257                     PrepareDC( dc );
5258
5259                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5260                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5261                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5262                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5263                     {
5264                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5265                     }
5266                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch );
5267                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5268                 }
5269                 break;
5270
5271                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5272                 {
5273                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5274                     {
5275                         if ( m_selection )
5276                         {
5277                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5278                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5279                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5280                                                     event.AltDown(),
5281                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5282                         }
5283                     }
5284                 }
5285                 break;
5286
5287                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5288                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5289                 default:
5290                     break;
5291             }
5292         }
5293         return;
5294     }
5295
5296     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5297         return;
5298
5299     if (m_isDragging)
5300     {
5301         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5302         m_isDragging = false;
5303     }
5304
5305     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5306     //
5307     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5308     {
5309         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5310     }
5311
5312
5313     // ------------ Left button pressed
5314     //
5315     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5316     {
5317         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5318         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5319         // wanting to resize the col
5320         //
5321         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5322         {
5323             col = XToCol(x);
5324             if ( col >= 0  &&
5325                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5326             {
5327                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() )
5328                     ClearSelection();
5329                 if ( m_selection )
5330                 {
5331                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5332                     {
5333                         m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5334                                                   m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5335                                                   GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5336                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5337                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5338                                                   event.AltDown(),
5339                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5340                     }
5341                     else
5342                     {
5343                         m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5344                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5345                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5346                                                 event.AltDown(),
5347                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5348                     }
5349                 }
5350
5351                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5352             }
5353         }
5354         else
5355         {
5356             // starting to drag-resize a col
5357             //
5358             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5359                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5360         }
5361     }
5362
5363
5364     // ------------ Left double click
5365     //
5366     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5367     {
5368         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5369         if ( col < 0 )
5370         {
5371             col = XToCol(x);
5372             if ( col >= 0 &&
5373                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5374             {
5375                 // no default action at the moment
5376             }
5377         }
5378         else
5379         {
5380             // adjust column width depending on label text
5381             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5382
5383             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5384             m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5385         }
5386     }
5387
5388
5389     // ------------ Left button released
5390     //
5391     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5392     {
5393         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5394         {
5395             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5396
5397             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5398             // default processing in this case
5399             //
5400             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5401         }
5402
5403         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5404         m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5405     }
5406
5407
5408     // ------------ Right button down
5409     //
5410     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5411     {
5412         col = XToCol(x);
5413         if ( col >= 0 &&
5414              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5415         {
5416             // no default action at the moment
5417         }
5418     }
5419
5420
5421     // ------------ Right double click
5422     //
5423     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5424     {
5425         col = XToCol(x);
5426         if ( col >= 0 &&
5427              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5428         {
5429             // no default action at the moment
5430         }
5431     }
5432
5433
5434     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5435     //
5436     else if ( event.Moving() )
5437     {
5438         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5439         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5440         {
5441             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5442             {
5443                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5444                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5445                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5446             }
5447         }
5448         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5449         {
5450             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5451         }
5452     }
5453 }
5454
5455
5456 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5457 {
5458     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5459     {
5460         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5461         // col args == -1
5462         //
5463         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5464         {
5465             SelectAll();
5466         }
5467     }
5468
5469     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5470     {
5471         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5472     }
5473
5474     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5475     {
5476         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5477         {
5478             // no default action at the moment
5479         }
5480     }
5481
5482     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5483     {
5484         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5485         {
5486             // no default action at the moment
5487         }
5488     }
5489 }
5490
5491 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5492                               wxWindow *win,
5493                               bool captureMouse)
5494 {
5495 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5496     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5497     {
5498         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5499         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5500         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5501         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5502         _T("SELECT_COL")
5503     };
5504
5505     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5506                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5507                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5508                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5509                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5510                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5511 #endif // __WXDEBUG__
5512
5513     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5514          win == m_winCapture &&
5515          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5516         return;
5517
5518     if ( !win )
5519     {
5520         // by default use the grid itself
5521         win = m_gridWin;
5522     }
5523
5524     if ( m_winCapture )
5525     {
5526         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5527         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5528     }
5529
5530     m_cursorMode = mode;
5531
5532     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5533     {
5534         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5535             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5536             break;
5537
5538         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5539             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5540             break;
5541
5542         default:
5543             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5544     }
5545
5546     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5547     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5548                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5549
5550     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5551     {
5552         win->CaptureMouse();
5553         m_winCapture = win;
5554     }
5555 }
5556
5557 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5558 {
5559     int x, y;
5560     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5561     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5562
5563     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5564     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5565
5566     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5567     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5568     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5569     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5570     {
5571         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5572         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5573     }
5574
5575     if ( event.Dragging() )
5576     {
5577         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5578
5579         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5580         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5581         if (! m_isDragging)
5582         {
5583             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5584             {
5585                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5586                 return;
5587             }
5588             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5589                 return;
5590         }
5591
5592         m_isDragging = true;
5593         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5594         {
5595             // Hide the edit control, so it
5596             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5597             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5598             {
5599                 HideCellEditControl();
5600                 SaveEditControlValue();
5601             }
5602
5603             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5604             if (! m_winCapture)
5605             {
5606                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5607                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5608             }
5609
5610             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5611             {
5612                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
5613                 {
5614                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5615                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5616                     HighlightBlock ( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5617                 }
5618                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5619                 {
5620                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5621                     {
5622                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5623                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5624
5625                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5626                                    coords.GetRow(),
5627                                    coords.GetCol(),
5628                                    event );
5629                     }
5630                 }
5631                 else
5632                 {
5633                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5634                     {
5635                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5636                     }
5637                     else
5638                     {
5639                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5640                     }
5641                 }
5642
5643                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5644                 {
5645                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5646                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5647                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5648                 }
5649             }
5650         }
5651         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5652         {
5653             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5654             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5655             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5656
5657             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5658             PrepareDC( dc );
5659             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5660                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5661             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5662             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5663             {
5664                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5665             }
5666             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5667             m_dragLastPos = y;
5668         }
5669         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5670         {
5671             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5672             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5673             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5674
5675             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5676             PrepareDC( dc );
5677             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5678                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5679             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5680             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5681             {
5682                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5683             }
5684             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch );
5685             m_dragLastPos = x;
5686         }
5687
5688         return;
5689     }
5690
5691     m_isDragging = false;
5692     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5693
5694     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5695     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5696     //     wxGTK
5697 #if 0
5698     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5699     {
5700         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5701         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5702     }
5703     else
5704 #endif // 0
5705
5706     // ------------ Left button pressed
5707     //
5708     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5709     {
5710         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5711                        coords.GetRow(),
5712                        coords.GetCol(),
5713                        event ) )
5714         {
5715             if ( !event.ControlDown() )
5716                 ClearSelection();
5717             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5718             {
5719                 if ( m_selection )
5720                 {
5721                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5722                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5723                                               coords.GetRow(),
5724                                               coords.GetCol(),
5725                                               event.ControlDown(),
5726                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5727                                               event.AltDown(),
5728                                               event.MetaDown() );
5729                 }
5730             }
5731             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0  &&
5732                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5733             {
5734                 DisableCellEditControl();
5735                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5736
5737                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
5738                 {
5739                     if ( m_selection )
5740                     {
5741                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5742                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5743                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5744                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5745                                                           event.AltDown(),
5746                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5747                     }
5748                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5749                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5750                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5751                 }
5752                 else
5753                 {
5754                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5755                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5756                     if ( m_selection )
5757                     {
5758                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5759                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5760                         {
5761                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5762                         }
5763                     }
5764                 }
5765             }
5766         }
5767     }
5768
5769
5770     // ------------ Left double click
5771     //
5772     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5773     {
5774         DisableCellEditControl();
5775
5776         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0  &&  YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5777         {
5778             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
5779                              coords.GetRow(),
5780                              coords.GetCol(),
5781                              event ) )
5782             {
5783                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
5784                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
5785                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
5786             }
5787         }
5788
5789     }
5790
5791
5792     // ------------ Left button released
5793     //
5794     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5795     {
5796         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5797         {
5798             if (m_winCapture)
5799             {
5800                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5801                 m_winCapture = NULL;
5802             }
5803
5804             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl())
5805             {
5806                 ClearSelection();
5807                 EnableCellEditControl();
5808
5809                 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
5810                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5811                 editor->StartingClick();
5812                 editor->DecRef();
5813                 attr->DecRef();
5814
5815                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
5816             }
5817             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5818                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5819             {
5820                 if ( m_selection )
5821                 {
5822                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
5823                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
5824                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
5825                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
5826                                               event.ControlDown(),
5827                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5828                                               event.AltDown(),
5829                                               event.MetaDown() );
5830                 }
5831
5832                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5833                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5834
5835                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
5836                 // drag-shrinking.
5837                 ShowCellEditControl();
5838             }
5839         }
5840         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5841         {
5842             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5843             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5844
5845             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5846             // default processing in this case
5847             //
5848             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5849         }
5850         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5851         {
5852             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5853             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5854
5855             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5856             // default processing in this case
5857             //
5858             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5859         }
5860
5861         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5862     }
5863
5864
5865     // ------------ Right button down
5866     //
5867     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5868     {
5869         DisableCellEditControl();
5870         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
5871                          coords.GetRow(),
5872                          coords.GetCol(),
5873                          event ) )
5874         {
5875             // no default action at the moment
5876         }
5877     }
5878
5879
5880     // ------------ Right double click
5881     //
5882     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5883     {
5884         DisableCellEditControl();
5885         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
5886                          coords.GetRow(),
5887                          coords.GetCol(),
5888                          event ) )
5889         {
5890             // no default action at the moment
5891         }
5892     }
5893
5894     // ------------ Moving and no button action
5895     //
5896     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
5897     {
5898         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
5899         {
5900             // out of grid cell area
5901             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5902             return;
5903         }
5904
5905         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5906         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5907
5908         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
5909         // directions is not implemented yet...
5910         //
5911         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
5912         {
5913             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5914             return;
5915         }
5916
5917         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
5918         {
5919             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
5920
5921             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5922             {
5923                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5924                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
5925             }
5926         }
5927         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5928         {
5929             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5930
5931             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5932             {
5933                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5934                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
5935             }
5936         }
5937         else // Neither on a row or col edge
5938         {
5939             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5940             {
5941                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5942             }
5943         }
5944     }
5945 }
5946
5947
5948 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
5949 {
5950     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5951     {
5952         // erase the last line and resize the row
5953         //
5954         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5955         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5956         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5957
5958         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5959         PrepareDC( dc );
5960         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5961         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5962         HideCellEditControl();
5963         SaveEditControlValue();
5964
5965         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
5966         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5967                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
5968
5969         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5970         {
5971             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
5972             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
5973             rect.x = 0;
5974             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
5975             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
5976             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
5977             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
5978             rect.width = cw;
5979             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
5980             if (m_table)
5981             {
5982                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
5983                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
5984                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left+cw);
5985                 if (leftCol >= 0)
5986                 {
5987                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
5988                     {
5989                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
5990                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
5991                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
5992                     }
5993                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
5994                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
5995                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
5996                 }
5997             }
5998             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5999         }
6000
6001         ShowCellEditControl();
6002     }
6003 }
6004
6005
6006 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6007 {
6008     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6009     {
6010         // erase the last line and resize the col
6011         //
6012         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6013         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6014         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6015
6016         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6017         PrepareDC( dc );
6018         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6019         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
6020         HideCellEditControl();
6021         SaveEditControlValue();
6022
6023         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6024         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6025                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6026                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6027
6028         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6029         {
6030             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6031             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6032             rect.y = 0;
6033             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6034             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6035             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6036             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6037             rect.height = ch;
6038             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6039             if (m_table)
6040             {
6041                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6042                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6043                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top+cw);
6044                 if (topRow >= 0)
6045                 {
6046                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6047                     {
6048                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6049                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6050                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6051                     }
6052                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6053                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6054                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6055                 }
6056             }
6057             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6058         }
6059
6060         ShowCellEditControl();
6061     }
6062 }
6063
6064
6065
6066 //
6067 // ------ interaction with data model
6068 //
6069 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6070 {
6071     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6072     {
6073         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6074             return GetModelValues();
6075
6076         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6077             return SetModelValues();
6078
6079         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6080         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6081         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6082         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6083         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6084         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6085             return Redimension( msg );
6086
6087         default:
6088             return false;
6089     }
6090 }
6091
6092
6093
6094 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6095 // Clear() function.  For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6096 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6097 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6098 //
6099 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6100 {
6101     if ( m_table )
6102     {
6103         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6104             DisableCellEditControl();
6105
6106         m_table->Clear();
6107         if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh();
6108     }
6109 }
6110
6111
6112 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6113 {
6114     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6115
6116     if ( !m_created )
6117     {
6118         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6119         return false;
6120     }
6121
6122     if ( m_table )
6123     {
6124         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6125             DisableCellEditControl();
6126
6127         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6128         return done;
6129
6130         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6131         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6132     }
6133     return false;
6134 }
6135
6136
6137 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6138 {
6139     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6140
6141     if ( !m_created )
6142     {
6143         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6144         return false;
6145     }
6146
6147     if ( m_table )
6148     {
6149         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6150         return done;
6151         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6152         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6153     }
6154     return false;
6155 }
6156
6157
6158 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6159 {
6160     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6161
6162     if ( !m_created )
6163     {
6164         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6165         return false;
6166     }
6167
6168     if ( m_table )
6169     {
6170         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6171             DisableCellEditControl();
6172
6173         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6174         return done;
6175         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6176         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6177     }
6178     return false;
6179 }
6180
6181
6182 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6183 {
6184     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6185
6186     if ( !m_created )
6187     {
6188         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6189         return false;
6190     }
6191
6192     if ( m_table )
6193     {
6194         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6195             DisableCellEditControl();
6196
6197         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6198         return done;
6199         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6200         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6201     }
6202     return false;
6203 }
6204
6205
6206 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6207 {
6208     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6209
6210     if ( !m_created )
6211     {
6212         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6213         return false;
6214     }
6215
6216     if ( m_table )
6217     {
6218         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6219         return done;
6220         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6221         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6222     }
6223     return false;
6224 }
6225
6226
6227 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6228 {
6229     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6230
6231     if ( !m_created )
6232     {
6233         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6234         return false;
6235     }
6236
6237     if ( m_table )
6238     {
6239         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6240             DisableCellEditControl();
6241
6242         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6243         return done;
6244         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6245         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6246     }
6247     return false;
6248 }
6249
6250
6251
6252 //
6253 // ----- event handlers
6254 //
6255
6256 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6257 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6258 //
6259 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6260                         int row, int col,
6261                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6262 {
6263    bool claimed;
6264    bool vetoed;
6265
6266    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6267    {
6268        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6269
6270        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6271                type,
6272                this,
6273                rowOrCol,
6274                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6275                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6276                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6277                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6278                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6279                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6280
6281        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6282        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6283    }
6284    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6285    {
6286        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6287        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6288                type,
6289                this,
6290                m_selectingTopLeft,
6291                m_selectingBottomRight,
6292                true,
6293                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6294                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6295                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6296                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6297
6298        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6299        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6300    }
6301    else
6302    {
6303        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6304                type,
6305                this,
6306                row, col,
6307                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6308                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6309                false,
6310                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6311                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6312                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6313                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6314        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6315        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6316    }
6317
6318    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6319    if (vetoed)
6320        return -1;
6321
6322    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6323 }
6324
6325
6326 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6327 // of ProcessEvent().
6328 //
6329 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6330                         int row, int col )
6331 {
6332    bool claimed;
6333    bool vetoed;
6334
6335     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6336     {
6337         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6338
6339         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6340                                  type,
6341                                  this,
6342                                  rowOrCol );
6343
6344         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6345         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6346     }
6347     else
6348     {
6349         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6350                              type,
6351                              this,
6352                              row, col );
6353
6354         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6355         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6356      }
6357
6358     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6359     if (vetoed)
6360         return -1;
6361
6362     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6363 }
6364
6365 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6366 {
6367     wxPaintDC dc(this);  // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6368 }
6369
6370 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6371 {
6372     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6373     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6374     if (! GetBatchCount())
6375     {
6376         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6377         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6378
6379         if (rect)
6380         {
6381             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6382             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6383             int x, y;
6384
6385             //Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6386             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6387             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6388             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6389             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6390
6391             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6392             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6393                 width_label = rectWidth;
6394
6395             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6396             if (height_label > rectHeight) height_label = rectHeight;
6397
6398             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6399             {
6400                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6401                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6402             }
6403             else
6404             {
6405                 x = 0;
6406                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6407             }
6408
6409             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6410             {
6411                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6412                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6413             }
6414             else
6415             {
6416                 y = 0;
6417                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6418             }
6419
6420             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6421             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6422             {
6423                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6424                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6425             }
6426
6427             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6428             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6429             {
6430                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6431                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6432             }
6433
6434             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6435             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6436             {
6437                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6438                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6439             }
6440
6441             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6442             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6443             {
6444                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6445                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6446             }
6447         }
6448         else
6449         {
6450             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6451             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6452             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6453             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6454         }
6455     }
6456 }
6457
6458 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6459 {
6460     // position the child windows
6461     CalcWindowSizes();
6462
6463     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6464     // changes itself
6465     event.Skip();
6466 }
6467
6468
6469 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6470 {
6471     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6472     {
6473         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6474         //
6475         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6476     }
6477
6478     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6479
6480     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6481     //
6482     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6483     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6484     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6485
6486     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6487     {
6488
6489         // try local handlers
6490         //
6491         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6492         {
6493             case WXK_UP:
6494                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6495                 {
6496                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6497                 }
6498                 else
6499                 {
6500                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6501                 }
6502                 break;
6503
6504             case WXK_DOWN:
6505                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6506                 {
6507                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6508                 }
6509                 else
6510                 {
6511                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6512                 }
6513                 break;
6514
6515             case WXK_LEFT:
6516                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6517                 {
6518                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6519                 }
6520                 else
6521                 {
6522                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6523                 }
6524                 break;
6525
6526             case WXK_RIGHT:
6527                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6528                 {
6529                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6530                 }
6531                 else
6532                 {
6533                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6534                 }
6535                 break;
6536
6537             case WXK_RETURN:
6538             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6539                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6540                 {
6541                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6542                 }
6543                 else
6544                 {
6545                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6546                     {
6547                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6548                     }
6549                     else
6550                     {
6551                         // at the bottom of a column
6552                         DisableCellEditControl();
6553                     }
6554                 }
6555                 break;
6556
6557             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6558                 ClearSelection();
6559                 break;
6560
6561             case WXK_TAB:
6562                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6563                 {
6564                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6565                     {
6566                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6567                     }
6568                     else
6569                     {
6570                         // at left of grid
6571                         DisableCellEditControl();
6572                     }
6573                 }
6574                 else
6575                 {
6576                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 )
6577                     {
6578                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6579                     }
6580                     else
6581                     {
6582                         // at right of grid
6583                         DisableCellEditControl();
6584                     }
6585                 }
6586                 break;
6587
6588             case WXK_HOME:
6589                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6590                 {
6591                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6592                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6593                 }
6594                 else
6595                 {
6596                     event.Skip();
6597                 }
6598                 break;
6599
6600             case WXK_END:
6601                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6602                 {
6603                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
6604                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
6605                 }
6606                 else
6607                 {
6608                     event.Skip();
6609                 }
6610                 break;
6611
6612             case WXK_PAGEUP:
6613                 MovePageUp();
6614                 break;
6615
6616             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
6617                 MovePageDown();
6618                 break;
6619
6620             case WXK_SPACE:
6621                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6622                 {
6623                     if ( m_selection )
6624                     {
6625                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6626                                                           m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6627                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6628                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6629                                                           event.AltDown(),
6630                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6631                     }
6632                     break;
6633                 }
6634                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6635                 {
6636                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6637                     break;
6638                 }
6639                 // Otherwise fall through to default
6640
6641             default:
6642                 event.Skip();
6643                 break;
6644         }
6645     }
6646
6647     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6648 }
6649
6650 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6651 {
6652     // try local handlers
6653     //
6654     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6655     {
6656         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6657              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6658         {
6659             if ( m_selection )
6660             {
6661                 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6662                                           m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6663                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6664                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6665                                           event.ControlDown(),
6666                                           true,
6667                                           event.AltDown(),
6668                                           event.MetaDown() );
6669             }
6670         }
6671
6672         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6673         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6674         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6675     }
6676 }
6677
6678 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
6679 {
6680     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
6681     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
6682     {
6683         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
6684         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6685         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6686         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6687         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6688
6689         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
6690         // other keys - ask the editor itself
6691         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
6692              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
6693         {
6694             // ensure cell is visble
6695             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
6696             EnableCellEditControl();
6697
6698             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
6699             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
6700             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
6701             // crash the app
6702             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6703                 editor->StartingKey(event);
6704         }
6705         else
6706         {
6707             event.Skip();
6708         }
6709
6710         editor->DecRef();
6711         attr->DecRef();
6712     }
6713     else
6714     {
6715         event.Skip();
6716     }
6717 }
6718
6719
6720 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
6721 {
6722 }
6723
6724 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6725 {
6726     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
6727     {
6728         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
6729         return;
6730     }
6731
6732     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
6733     PrepareDC(dc);
6734
6735     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6736     {
6737         DisableCellEditControl();
6738
6739         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6740         {
6741             wxRect r;
6742             r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords);
6743             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
6744             {
6745                 r.x--;
6746                 r.y--;
6747                 r.width++;
6748                 r.height++;
6749             }
6750
6751             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
6752
6753             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
6754             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6755
6756             DrawGridCellArea(dc,cells);
6757             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
6758         }
6759     }
6760
6761     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6762
6763     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6764     DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
6765     attr->DecRef();
6766 }
6767
6768
6769 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
6770 {
6771     int temp;
6772     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
6773
6774     if ( m_selection )
6775     {
6776         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
6777         {
6778             leftCol = 0;
6779             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
6780         }
6781         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
6782         {
6783             topRow = 0;
6784             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
6785         }
6786     }
6787
6788     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
6789     {
6790         temp = topRow;
6791         topRow = bottomRow;
6792         bottomRow = temp;
6793     }
6794
6795     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
6796     {
6797         temp = leftCol;
6798         leftCol = rightCol;
6799         rightCol = temp;
6800     }
6801
6802     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
6803     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
6804
6805     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
6806     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
6807          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6808     {
6809         wxRect rect;
6810         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
6811                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
6812         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6813     }
6814     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
6815     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
6816               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
6817     {
6818         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
6819         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
6820         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
6821         wxRect  rect[4];
6822         bool    need_refresh[4];
6823         need_refresh[0] =
6824         need_refresh[1] =
6825         need_refresh[2] =
6826         need_refresh[3] = false;
6827         int     i;
6828
6829         // Store intermediate values
6830         wxCoord oldLeft   = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
6831         wxCoord oldTop    = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
6832         wxCoord oldRight  = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
6833         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
6834
6835         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
6836         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
6837         {
6838             temp = oldLeft;
6839             oldLeft = leftCol;
6840             leftCol = temp;
6841         }
6842         if (oldTop > topRow )
6843         {
6844             temp = oldTop;
6845             oldTop = topRow;
6846             topRow = temp;
6847         }
6848         if (oldRight < rightCol )
6849         {
6850             temp = oldRight;
6851             oldRight = rightCol;
6852             rightCol = temp;
6853         }
6854         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
6855         {
6856             temp = oldBottom;
6857             oldBottom = bottomRow;
6858             bottomRow = temp;
6859         }
6860
6861         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
6862         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
6863         // is contained in the other.
6864
6865         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
6866         {
6867             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6868             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
6869             need_refresh[0] = true;
6870             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6871                                                             oldLeft ),
6872                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6873                                                             leftCol - 1 ) );
6874         }
6875
6876         if ( oldTop  < topRow )
6877         {
6878             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6879             // area above the old or new selection.
6880             need_refresh[1] = true;
6881             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6882                                                             leftCol ),
6883                                          wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1,
6884                                                             rightCol ) );
6885         }
6886
6887         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
6888         {
6889             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6890             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
6891             need_refresh[2] = true;
6892             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6893                                                             rightCol + 1 ),
6894                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6895                                                             oldRight ) );
6896         }
6897
6898         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
6899         {
6900             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6901             // area below the old or new selection.
6902             need_refresh[3] = true;
6903             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1,
6904                                                             leftCol ),
6905                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6906                                                             rightCol ) );
6907         }
6908
6909         // various Refresh() calls
6910         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
6911             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
6912                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
6913     }
6914     // Change Selection
6915     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
6916     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
6917 }
6918
6919 //
6920 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
6921 //
6922
6923 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
6924 {
6925     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6926     HideCellEditControl();
6927
6928     if ( m_table )
6929     {
6930         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
6931         //
6932         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6933         return true;
6934     }
6935
6936     return false;
6937 }
6938
6939
6940 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
6941 {
6942     int row, col;
6943
6944     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6945     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
6946     // I think so ...
6947     DisableCellEditControl();
6948
6949     if ( m_table )
6950     {
6951         for ( row = 0;  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
6952         {
6953             for ( col = 0;  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
6954             {
6955                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
6956             }
6957         }
6958
6959         return true;
6960     }
6961
6962     return false;
6963 }
6964
6965
6966
6967 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
6968 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
6969 // CalcExposedCells)
6970 //
6971 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
6972 {
6973     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
6974         return;
6975
6976     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
6977     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6978     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
6979
6980     for ( i = numCells-1; i >= 0;  i-- )
6981     {
6982         row = cells[i].GetRow();
6983         col = cells[i].GetCol();
6984         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6985
6986         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
6987         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6988         {
6989             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+cell_rows, col+cell_cols);
6990             bool marked = false;
6991             for ( int j = 0;  j < numCells;  j++ )
6992             {
6993                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
6994                 {
6995                     marked = true;
6996                     break;
6997                 }
6998             }
6999             if (!marked)
7000             {
7001                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7002                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7003                 {
7004                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7005                     {
7006                         marked = true;
7007                         break;
7008                     }
7009                 }
7010                 if (!marked)
7011                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7012             }
7013             continue; // don't bother drawing this cell
7014         }
7015
7016         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7017         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7018         {
7019             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7020             {
7021                 // find a cell in this row to left alreay marked for repaint
7022                 int left = col;
7023                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7024                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7025                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7026                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7027
7028                 if (left == col)
7029                     left = 0; // oh well
7030
7031                 for (int j = col-1; j >= left; j--)
7032                 {
7033                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+l, j))
7034                     {
7035                         if (GetCellOverflow(row+l, j))
7036                         {
7037                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+l, j);
7038                             bool marked = false;
7039
7040                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7041                             {
7042                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7043                                 {
7044                                     marked = true;
7045                                     break;
7046                                 }
7047                             }
7048
7049                             if (!marked)
7050                             {
7051                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7052                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7053                                 {
7054                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7055                                     {
7056                                         marked = true;
7057                                         break;
7058                                     }
7059                                 }
7060                                 if (!marked)
7061                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7062                             }
7063                         }
7064                         break;
7065                     }
7066                 }
7067             }
7068         }
7069
7070         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7071     }
7072
7073     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7074
7075     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0;  i-- )
7076     {
7077         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7078     }
7079 }
7080
7081
7082 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7083 {
7084   int cw, ch;
7085   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7086
7087   int right, bottom;
7088   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7089
7090   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0;
7091   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0 ;
7092
7093   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7094   {
7095       int left, top;
7096       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7097
7098       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7099       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7100
7101       if ( right > rightCol )
7102       {
7103           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch);
7104       }
7105
7106       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7107       {
7108           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow);
7109       }
7110   }
7111 }
7112
7113
7114 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7115 {
7116     int row = coords.GetRow();
7117     int col = coords.GetCol();
7118
7119     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7120         return;
7121
7122     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7123 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7124     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7125         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7126 #endif
7127
7128     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7129
7130     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7131
7132     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7133
7134     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7135     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7136     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7137     {
7138         // OSAF NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7139         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7140         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7141         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7142 #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
7143         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7144         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7145         editor->DecRef();
7146 #endif
7147     }
7148     else
7149     {
7150         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be
7151         // customized
7152         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7153         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7154         renderer->DecRef();
7155     }
7156
7157     attr->DecRef();
7158 }
7159
7160 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7161 {
7162     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7163     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7164
7165     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7166         return;
7167
7168     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7169
7170     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7171     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7172     // it doesn't look really good
7173
7174     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7175
7176     if (penWidth > 0)
7177     {
7178         // The center of th drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7179         // the rectangle is actually at, (on wxMSW atr least,) so we will
7180         // reduce the size of the rectangle to compensate for the thickness of
7181         // the line.  If this is too strange on non wxMSW platforms then
7182         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7183         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7184         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7185         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7186         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7187
7188
7189         // Now draw the rectangle
7190         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7191         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7192         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7193         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7194         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7195     }
7196
7197 #if 0
7198         // VZ: my experiments with 3d borders...
7199
7200         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7201         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7202                 y1 = rect.y,
7203                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7204                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7205
7206         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7207         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7208         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7209
7210         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7211         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2 );
7212
7213         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7214         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7215         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2+1);
7216 #endif // 0
7217 }
7218
7219
7220 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7221 {
7222     int row = coords.GetRow();
7223     int col = coords.GetCol();
7224     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7225         return;
7226
7227     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7228
7229     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7230
7231     // right hand border
7232     //
7233     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7234                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7235
7236     // bottom border
7237     //
7238     dc.DrawLine( rect.x,              rect.y + rect.height,
7239                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7240 }
7241
7242 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc,const  wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7243 {
7244     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7245     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7246     //
7247     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
7248          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7249     {
7250         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7251     }
7252
7253     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7254     {
7255         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7256         return;
7257     }
7258
7259     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7260     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7261     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7262     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7263     {
7264         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7265         {
7266             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7267             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7268             attr->DecRef();
7269
7270             break;
7271         }
7272     }
7273 }
7274
7275 // TODO: remove this ???
7276 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7277 // has been changed
7278 //
7279 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7280 {
7281 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7282     return;
7283 #endif
7284
7285     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ||
7286          !m_numRows ||
7287          !m_numCols )
7288          return;
7289
7290     int top, bottom, left, right;
7291
7292 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7293     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7294     {
7295       int cw, ch;
7296       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7297
7298       // virtual coords of visible area
7299       //
7300       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7301       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7302     }
7303     else
7304     {
7305       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7306       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7307       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7308       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7309     }
7310 #else
7311       int cw, ch;
7312       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7313       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7314       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7315 #endif
7316
7317     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7318     //
7319     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) );
7320     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7321
7322     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7323     int leftCol   = internalXToCol(left);
7324     int topRow    = internalYToRow(top);
7325     int rightCol  = internalXToCol(right);
7326     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7327
7328 #ifndef __WXMAC__
7329     // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping
7330     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7331
7332     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7333     wxRect rect;
7334
7335     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7336     {
7337         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7338         {
7339             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7340             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7341             {
7342                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7343                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7344                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7345             }
7346             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7347             {
7348                 rect = CellToRect(j+cell_rows, i+cell_cols);
7349                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7350                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7351             }
7352         }
7353     }
7354 #else
7355     wxRegion clippedcells( left , top, right - left, bottom - top);
7356
7357     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7358     wxRect rect;
7359
7360     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7361     {
7362         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7363         {
7364             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7365             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7366             {
7367                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7368                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7369             }
7370             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7371             {
7372                 rect = CellToRect(j+cell_rows, i+cell_cols);
7373                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7374             }
7375         }
7376     }
7377 #endif
7378     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7379
7380     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7381
7382     // horizontal grid lines
7383     //
7384     // already declared above - int i;
7385     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7386     {
7387         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7388
7389         if ( bot > bottom )
7390         {
7391             break;
7392         }
7393
7394         if ( bot >= top )
7395         {
7396             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7397         }
7398     }
7399
7400     // vertical grid lines
7401     //
7402     for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ )
7403     {
7404         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7405         if ( colRight > right )
7406         {
7407             break;
7408         }
7409
7410         if ( colRight >= left )
7411         {
7412             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7413         }
7414     }
7415     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7416 }
7417
7418 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows)
7419 {
7420     if ( !m_numRows )
7421         return;
7422
7423     size_t i;
7424     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7425
7426     for ( i = 0;  i < numLabels;  i++ )
7427     {
7428         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7429     }
7430 }
7431
7432 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7433 {
7434     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7435         return;
7436
7437     wxRect rect;
7438 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7439     rect.SetX( 1 );
7440     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7441     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7442     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7443
7444     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7445
7446     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7447
7448     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7449 #else
7450     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7451         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7452
7453     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
7454     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop,
7455                  m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom );
7456
7457     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7458
7459     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7460
7461     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7462     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7463     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop );
7464 #endif
7465     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7466     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7467     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7468
7469     int hAlign, vAlign;
7470     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7471
7472     rect.SetX( 2 );
7473     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7474     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7475     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7476     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7477 }
7478
7479 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7480 {
7481     if ( !m_numCols )
7482         return;
7483
7484     size_t i;
7485     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7486
7487     for ( i = 0;  i < numLabels;  i++ )
7488     {
7489         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7490     }
7491 }
7492
7493 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7494 {
7495     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7496         return;
7497
7498     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7499
7500     wxRect rect;
7501 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7502     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7503     rect.SetY( 1 );
7504     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7505     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7506
7507     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7508
7509     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7510 #else
7511     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7512
7513     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
7514     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0,
7515                  colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7516
7517     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7518
7519     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1,
7520                  colRight+1, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7521
7522     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7523     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7524     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7525 #endif
7526     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7527     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7528     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7529
7530     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7531     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7532     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7533
7534     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7535     rect.SetY( 2 );
7536     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7537     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7538     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7539 }
7540
7541 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7542                                 const wxString& value,
7543                                 const wxRect& rect,
7544                                 int horizAlign,
7545                                 int vertAlign,
7546                                 int textOrientation )
7547 {
7548     wxArrayString lines;
7549
7550     StringToLines( value, lines );
7551
7552     //Forward to new API.
7553     DrawTextRectangle(  dc,
7554         lines,
7555         rect,
7556         horizAlign,
7557         vertAlign,
7558         textOrientation );
7559
7560 }
7561
7562 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7563                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7564                                const wxRect& rect,
7565                                int horizAlign,
7566                                int vertAlign,
7567                                int textOrientation )
7568 {
7569     long textWidth = 0, textHeight = 0;
7570     long lineWidth = 0, lineHeight = 0;
7571     int nLines;
7572
7573     dc.SetClippingRegion( rect );
7574
7575     nLines = lines.GetCount();
7576     if ( nLines > 0 )
7577     {
7578         int l;
7579         float x = 0.0, y = 0.0;
7580
7581         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7582             GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight);
7583         else
7584             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7585
7586         switch ( vertAlign )
7587         {
7588         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7589             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7590                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7591             else
7592                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7593             break;
7594
7595         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7596             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7597                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight)/2);
7598             else
7599                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth)/2);
7600             break;
7601
7602         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7603         default:
7604             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7605                 y = rect.y + 1;
7606             else
7607                 x = rect.x + 1;
7608             break;
7609         }
7610
7611         // Align each line of a multi-line label
7612         for ( l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7613         {
7614             dc.GetTextExtent(lines[l], &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7615
7616             switch ( horizAlign )
7617             {
7618             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7619                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7620                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7621                 else
7622                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7623                 break;
7624
7625             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7626                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7627                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth)/2);
7628                 else
7629                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth)/2);
7630                 break;
7631
7632             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7633             default:
7634                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7635                     x = rect.x + 1;
7636                 else
7637                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7638                 break;
7639             }
7640
7641             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7642             {
7643                 dc.DrawText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y );
7644                 y += lineHeight;
7645             }
7646             else
7647             {
7648                 dc.DrawRotatedText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y, 90.0 );
7649                 x += lineHeight;
7650             }
7651         }
7652     }
7653
7654     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7655 }
7656
7657
7658 // Split multi line text up into an array of strings.  Any existing
7659 // contents of the string array are preserved.
7660 //
7661 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
7662 {
7663     int startPos = 0;
7664     int pos;
7665     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
7666     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
7667
7668     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
7669     {
7670         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
7671         if ( pos < 0 )
7672         {
7673             break;
7674         }
7675         else if ( pos == 0 )
7676         {
7677             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
7678         }
7679         else
7680         {
7681             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
7682         }
7683         startPos += pos + 1;
7684     }
7685
7686     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
7687     {
7688         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
7689     }
7690 }
7691
7692
7693 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
7694                              const wxArrayString& lines,
7695                              long *width, long *height )
7696 {
7697     long w = 0;
7698     long h = 0;
7699     long lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
7700
7701     size_t i;
7702     for ( i = 0;  i < lines.GetCount();  i++ )
7703     {
7704         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
7705         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
7706         h += lineH;
7707     }
7708
7709     *width = w;
7710     *height = h;
7711 }
7712
7713 //
7714 // ------ Batch processing.
7715 //
7716 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
7717 {
7718     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
7719     {
7720         m_batchCount--;
7721         if ( !m_batchCount )
7722         {
7723             CalcDimensions();
7724             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7725             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7726             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7727             m_gridWin->Refresh();
7728         }
7729     }
7730 }
7731
7732 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
7733 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
7734 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
7735 //
7736 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
7737 {
7738     BeginBatch();
7739     EndBatch();
7740 }
7741
7742 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
7743 {
7744     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
7745         return false;
7746
7747     // redraw in the new state
7748     m_gridWin->Refresh();
7749
7750     return true;
7751 }
7752
7753
7754 //
7755 // ------ Edit control functions
7756 //
7757
7758 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
7759 {
7760     // TODO: improve this ?
7761     //
7762     if ( edit != m_editable )
7763     {
7764         if (!edit)
7765             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
7766         m_editable = edit;
7767     }
7768 }
7769
7770 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
7771 {
7772     if (! m_editable)
7773         return;
7774
7775     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7776     {
7777         if ( enable )
7778         {
7779             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
7780                 return;
7781
7782             // this should be checked by the caller!
7783             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(),
7784                           _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
7785
7786             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
7787             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7788
7789             ShowCellEditControl();
7790         }
7791         else
7792         {
7793             //FIXME:add veto support
7794             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
7795
7796             HideCellEditControl();
7797             SaveEditControlValue();
7798
7799             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
7800             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7801         }
7802     }
7803 }
7804
7805 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
7806 {
7807     // const_cast
7808     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7809     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7810     attr->DecRef();
7811
7812     return readonly;
7813 }
7814
7815 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
7816 {
7817     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
7818         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
7819
7820 }
7821
7822 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
7823 {
7824     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
7825     // current one if it's read only
7826     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
7827 }
7828
7829 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
7830 {
7831     bool isShown = false;
7832
7833     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7834     {
7835         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7836         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7837         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7838         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
7839         attr->DecRef();
7840
7841         if ( editor )
7842         {
7843             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
7844             {
7845                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
7846             }
7847
7848             editor->DecRef();
7849         }
7850     }
7851
7852     return isShown;
7853 }
7854
7855 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
7856 {
7857     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7858     {
7859         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7860         {
7861             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
7862             return;
7863         }
7864         else
7865         {
7866             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
7867             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7868             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7869
7870             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
7871             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7872             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7873             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7874             {
7875                 row += cell_rows;
7876                 col += cell_cols;
7877                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
7878                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
7879             }
7880
7881             // convert to scrolled coords
7882             //
7883             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7884
7885             int nXMove = 0;
7886             if(rect.x < 0)
7887                 nXMove = rect.x;
7888
7889             // done in PaintBackground()
7890 #if 0
7891             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
7892             // might not cover the entire cell
7893             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7894             PrepareDC( dc );
7895             dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
7896             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
7897             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7898 #endif // 0
7899
7900             // cell is shifted by one pixel
7901             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
7902             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
7903             // "don't change."
7904             if (rect.x > 0)
7905                 rect.x--;
7906             if (rect.y > 0)
7907                 rect.y--;
7908
7909             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7910             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7911             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
7912             {
7913                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
7914                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
7915
7916                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
7917                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
7918                                              this,
7919                                              row,
7920                                              col,
7921                                              editor->GetControl());
7922                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
7923             }
7924
7925
7926             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
7927             int maxWidth = rect.width;
7928             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
7929             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
7930             {
7931                 int y;
7932                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y,
7933                         NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
7934                 if (maxWidth < rect.width) maxWidth = rect.width;
7935             }
7936
7937             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
7938             if (rect.x+maxWidth > client_right)
7939                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
7940
7941             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
7942             {
7943                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7944                 // may have changed earlier
7945                 for (int i = col+cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
7946                 {
7947                     int c_rows, c_cols;
7948                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
7949                     // looks weird going over a multicell
7950                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell(row,i) &&
7951                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
7952                         rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
7953                     else
7954                         break;
7955                 }
7956
7957                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
7958                     rect.SetRight(client_right - 1);
7959             }
7960
7961             editor->SetCellAttr(attr);
7962             editor->SetSize( rect );
7963             editor->GetControl()->Move(editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove, editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y);
7964             editor->Show( true, attr );
7965
7966             int colXPos = 0;
7967             for (int i = 0; i < m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); i++)
7968             {
7969                 colXPos += GetColSize(i);
7970             }
7971             int xUnit=1, yUnit=1;
7972             GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
7973             if (m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() != 0)
7974                 Scroll(colXPos/xUnit-1, GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
7975             else
7976                 Scroll(colXPos/xUnit, GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
7977
7978             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
7979             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
7980             CalcDimensions();
7981
7982             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
7983             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
7984
7985             editor->DecRef();
7986             attr->DecRef();
7987         }
7988     }
7989 }
7990
7991 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
7992 {
7993     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7994     {
7995         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7996         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7997
7998         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7999         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8000         editor->Show( false );
8001         editor->DecRef();
8002         attr->DecRef();
8003
8004         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8005
8006         // refresh whole row to the right
8007         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8008         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8009         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8010 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8011         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8012         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8013 #endif
8014         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8015     }
8016 }
8017
8018 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8019 {
8020     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8021     {
8022         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8023         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8024
8025         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8026
8027         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8028         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8029         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8030
8031         editor->DecRef();
8032         attr->DecRef();
8033
8034         if (changed)
8035         {
8036             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8037                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8038                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8039             {
8040                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8041                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8042             }
8043         }
8044     }
8045 }
8046
8047
8048 //
8049 // ------ Grid location functions
8050 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8051 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8052 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8053 //
8054
8055 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
8056 {
8057     int row = YToRow(y);
8058     int col = XToCol(x);
8059
8060     if ( row == -1  ||  col == -1 )
8061     {
8062         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8063     }
8064     else
8065     {
8066         coords.Set( row, col );
8067     }
8068 }
8069
8070
8071 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8072 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8073 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8074 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8075
8076 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8077                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8078                            bool clipToMinMax)
8079 {
8080     if (coord < 0)
8081         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8082
8083     if (!defaultDist)
8084         defaultDist = 1;
8085
8086     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8087            i_min = 0;
8088
8089     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8090     {
8091         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8092             return i_max;
8093         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8094     }
8095
8096     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8097         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8098     else
8099     {
8100         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8101         {
8102             i_min = i_max;
8103             if (minDist)
8104                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8105             else
8106                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8107         }
8108
8109         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8110             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8111     }
8112
8113     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8114         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8115     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8116         return 0;
8117
8118     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8119     {
8120         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8121                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8122         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8123             return i_max;
8124         else
8125             i_max--;
8126         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8127         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8128             i_max = median;
8129         else
8130             i_min = median;
8131     }
8132
8133     return i_max;
8134 }
8135
8136 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
8137 {
8138     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8139                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8140 }
8141
8142 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
8143 {
8144     return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,
8145                            m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, false);
8146 }
8147
8148 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
8149 // -1 if not near an edge
8150 //
8151 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
8152 {
8153     int i;
8154     i = internalYToRow(y);
8155
8156     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8157     {
8158         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8159         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8160         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8161             return i;
8162         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8163             return i - 1;
8164     }
8165
8166     return -1;
8167 }
8168
8169 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8170 // -1 if not near an edge
8171 //
8172 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
8173 {
8174     int i;
8175     i = internalXToCol(x);
8176
8177     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8178     {
8179         // We know that we are in column i,  test whether we are
8180         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8181         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8182             return i;
8183         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8184             return i - 1;
8185     }
8186
8187     return -1;
8188 }
8189
8190 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
8191 {
8192     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8193
8194     if ( row >= 0  &&  row < m_numRows  &&
8195          col >= 0  &&  col < m_numCols )
8196     {
8197         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8198         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8199         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8200         // if negative then find multicell owner
8201         if (cell_rows < 0) row += cell_rows;
8202         if (cell_cols < 0) col += cell_cols;
8203         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8204
8205         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8206         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8207         for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++)
8208             rect.width  += GetColWidth(i);
8209         for (i=row; i<row+cell_rows; i++)
8210             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8211     }
8212
8213     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8214     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8215     {
8216         rect.width -= 1;
8217         rect.height -= 1;
8218     }
8219
8220     return rect;
8221 }
8222
8223 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
8224 {
8225     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8226     //
8227     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8228
8229     // convert to device coords
8230     //
8231     int left, top, right, bottom;
8232     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8233     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8234
8235     // check against the client area of the grid window
8236     //
8237     int cw, ch;
8238     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8239
8240     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8241     {
8242         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8243         //
8244         return ( left >= 0  &&  right <= cw  &&
8245                  top >= 0  &&  bottom <= ch );
8246     }
8247     else
8248     {
8249         // is the cell partly visible ?
8250         //
8251         return ( ((left >=0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw))  &&
8252                  ((top >=0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8253     }
8254 }
8255
8256 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8257 // of scrolling
8258 //
8259 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8260 {
8261     int i;
8262     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8263
8264     if ( row >= 0  &&  row < m_numRows  &&
8265          col >= 0  &&  col < m_numCols )
8266     {
8267         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8268         //
8269         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8270
8271         // convert to device coords
8272         //
8273         int left, top, right, bottom;
8274         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8275         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8276
8277         int cw, ch;
8278         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8279
8280         if ( top < 0 )
8281         {
8282             ypos = r.GetTop();
8283         }
8284         else if ( bottom > ch )
8285         {
8286             int h = r.GetHeight();
8287             ypos = r.GetTop();
8288             for ( i = row-1;  i >= 0;  i-- )
8289             {
8290                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8291                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8292                     break;
8293
8294                 h += rowHeight;
8295                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8296             }
8297
8298             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8299             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we
8300             // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8301             //
8302             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE/2 is not enough, so just add a full
8303             // scroll unit...
8304             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8305         }
8306
8307         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8308         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8309         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8310 //      if ( left < 0 )
8311         if ( left < 0 || (right-left) >= cw )
8312         {
8313             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8314         }
8315         else if ( right > cw )
8316         {
8317             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8318             int x0, y0;
8319             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8320             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8321
8322             // see comment for ypos above
8323             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8324         }
8325
8326         if ( xpos != -1  ||  ypos != -1 )
8327         {
8328             if ( xpos != -1 )
8329                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8330             if ( ypos != -1 )
8331                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8332             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8333             AdjustScrollbars();
8334         }
8335     }
8336 }
8337
8338
8339 //
8340 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8341 //
8342
8343 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8344 {
8345     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8346          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8347     {
8348         if ( expandSelection)
8349         {
8350             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8351                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8352             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8353             {
8354                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8355                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8356                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8357                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8358             }
8359         }
8360         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8361         {
8362             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8363             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8364             ClearSelection();
8365             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8366             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8367         }
8368         else
8369             return false;
8370
8371         return true;
8372     }
8373
8374     return false;
8375 }
8376
8377
8378 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8379 {
8380     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8381          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8382     {
8383         if ( expandSelection )
8384         {
8385             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8386                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8387             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 )
8388             {
8389                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8390                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8391                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8392                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8393             }
8394         }
8395         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8396         {
8397             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8398             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8399             ClearSelection();
8400             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8401             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8402         }
8403         else
8404             return false;
8405
8406         return true;
8407     }
8408
8409     return false;
8410 }
8411
8412 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8413 {
8414     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8415          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8416     {
8417         if ( expandSelection )
8418         {
8419             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8420                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8421             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8422             {
8423                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8424                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8425                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8426                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8427             }
8428         }
8429         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8430         {
8431             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8432             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1;
8433             ClearSelection();
8434             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8435             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8436         }
8437         else
8438             return false;
8439
8440         return true;
8441     }
8442
8443     return false;
8444 }
8445
8446 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8447 {
8448     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8449          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8450     {
8451         if ( expandSelection )
8452         {
8453             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8454                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8455             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8456             {
8457                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8458                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8459                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8460                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8461             }
8462         }
8463         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8464         {
8465             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8466             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1;
8467             ClearSelection();
8468             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8469             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8470         }
8471         else
8472             return false;
8473
8474         return true;
8475     }
8476
8477     return false;
8478 }
8479
8480 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8481 {
8482     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8483         return false;
8484
8485     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8486     if ( row > 0 )
8487     {
8488         int cw, ch;
8489         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8490
8491         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8492         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8493
8494         if ( newRow == row )
8495         {
8496             //row > 0 , so newrow can never be less than 0 here.
8497             newRow = row - 1;
8498         }
8499
8500         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8501         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8502
8503         return true;
8504     }
8505
8506     return false;
8507 }
8508
8509 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8510 {
8511     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8512         return false;
8513
8514     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8515     if ( (row+1) < m_numRows )
8516     {
8517         int cw, ch;
8518         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8519
8520         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8521         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8522         if ( newRow == row )
8523         {
8524             // row < m_numRows , so newrow can't overflow here.
8525             newRow = row + 1;
8526         }
8527
8528         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8529         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8530
8531         return true;
8532     }
8533
8534     return false;
8535 }
8536
8537 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8538 {
8539     if ( m_table &&
8540          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8541          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8542     {
8543         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8544         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8545
8546         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8547         {
8548             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8549             // non-empty cells
8550             //
8551             while ( row > 0 )
8552             {
8553                 row-- ;
8554                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8555                     break;
8556             }
8557         }
8558         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row-1, col) )
8559         {
8560             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8561             //
8562             row--;
8563             while ( row > 0 )
8564             {
8565                 row-- ;
8566                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8567                     break;
8568             }
8569         }
8570         else
8571         {
8572             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8573             //
8574             while ( row > 0 )
8575             {
8576                 row-- ;
8577                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8578                 {
8579                     row++ ;
8580                     break;
8581                 }
8582             }
8583         }
8584
8585         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8586         if ( expandSelection )
8587         {
8588             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8589             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8590         }
8591         else
8592         {
8593             ClearSelection();
8594             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8595         }
8596
8597         return true;
8598     }
8599
8600     return false;
8601 }
8602
8603 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8604 {
8605     if ( m_table &&
8606          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8607          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 )
8608     {
8609         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8610         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8611
8612         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8613         {
8614             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8615             // non-empty cells
8616             //
8617             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8618             {
8619                 row++ ;
8620                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8621                     break;
8622             }
8623         }
8624         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+1, col) )
8625         {
8626             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
8627             //
8628             row++;
8629             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8630             {
8631                 row++ ;
8632                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8633                     break;
8634             }
8635         }
8636         else
8637         {
8638             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
8639             //
8640             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8641             {
8642                 row++ ;
8643                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8644                 {
8645                     row-- ;
8646                     break;
8647                 }
8648             }
8649         }
8650
8651         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8652         if ( expandSelection )
8653         {
8654             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8655             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8656         }
8657         else
8658         {
8659             ClearSelection();
8660             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8661         }
8662
8663         return true;
8664     }
8665
8666     return false;
8667 }
8668
8669 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
8670 {
8671     if ( m_table &&
8672          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8673          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8674     {
8675         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8676         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8677
8678         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8679         {
8680             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8681             // non-empty cells
8682             //
8683             while ( col > 0 )
8684             {
8685                 col-- ;
8686                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8687                     break;
8688             }
8689         }
8690         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col-1) )
8691         {
8692             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
8693             //
8694             col--;
8695             while ( col > 0 )
8696             {
8697                 col-- ;
8698                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8699                     break;
8700             }
8701         }
8702         else
8703         {
8704             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
8705             //
8706             while ( col > 0 )
8707             {
8708                 col-- ;
8709                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8710                 {
8711                     col++ ;
8712                     break;
8713                 }
8714             }
8715         }
8716
8717         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8718         if ( expandSelection )
8719         {
8720             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8721             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8722         }
8723         else
8724         {
8725             ClearSelection();
8726             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8727         }
8728
8729         return true;
8730     }
8731
8732     return false;
8733 }
8734
8735 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
8736 {
8737     if ( m_table &&
8738          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8739          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols-1 )
8740     {
8741         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8742         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8743
8744         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8745         {
8746             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8747             // non-empty cells
8748             //
8749             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8750             {
8751                 col++ ;
8752                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8753                     break;
8754             }
8755         }
8756         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col+1) )
8757         {
8758             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
8759             //
8760             col++;
8761             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8762             {
8763                 col++ ;
8764                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8765                     break;
8766             }
8767         }
8768         else
8769         {
8770             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
8771             //
8772             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8773             {
8774                 col++ ;
8775                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8776                 {
8777                     col-- ;
8778                     break;
8779                 }
8780             }
8781         }
8782
8783         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8784         if ( expandSelection )
8785         {
8786             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8787             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8788         }
8789         else
8790         {
8791             ClearSelection();
8792             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8793         }
8794
8795         return true;
8796     }
8797
8798     return false;
8799 }
8800
8801
8802
8803 //
8804 // ------ Label values and formatting
8805 //
8806
8807 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8808 {
8809     *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
8810     *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
8811 }
8812
8813 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8814 {
8815     *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
8816     *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
8817 }
8818
8819 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
8820 {
8821     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
8822 }
8823
8824 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
8825 {
8826     if ( m_table )
8827     {
8828         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
8829     }
8830     else
8831     {
8832         wxString s;
8833         s << row;
8834         return s;
8835     }
8836 }
8837
8838 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
8839 {
8840     if ( m_table )
8841     {
8842         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
8843     }
8844     else
8845     {
8846         wxString s;
8847         s << col;
8848         return s;
8849     }
8850 }
8851
8852
8853 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
8854 {
8855     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
8856     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
8857     {
8858         if ( width == 0 )
8859         {
8860             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
8861             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8862         }
8863         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
8864         {
8865             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
8866             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8867         }
8868
8869         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
8870         CalcWindowSizes();
8871         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8872     }
8873 }
8874
8875
8876 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
8877 {
8878     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
8879     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
8880     {
8881         if ( height == 0 )
8882         {
8883             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
8884             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8885         }
8886         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
8887         {
8888             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
8889             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8890         }
8891
8892         m_colLabelHeight = height;
8893         CalcWindowSizes();
8894         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8895     }
8896 }
8897
8898
8899 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
8900 {
8901     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
8902     {
8903         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
8904         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8905         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8906         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8907
8908         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8909         {
8910             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8911             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8912             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8913         }
8914     }
8915 }
8916
8917 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
8918 {
8919     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
8920     {
8921         m_labelTextColour = colour;
8922         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8923         {
8924             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8925             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8926         }
8927     }
8928 }
8929
8930 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
8931 {
8932     m_labelFont = font;
8933     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8934     {
8935         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8936         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8937     }
8938 }
8939
8940 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8941 {
8942     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8943     switch ( horiz )
8944     {
8945         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8946         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8947         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8948     }
8949
8950     switch ( vert )
8951     {
8952         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8953         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8954         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8955     }
8956
8957     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8958     {
8959         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8960     }
8961
8962     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8963     {
8964         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
8965     }
8966
8967     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8968     {
8969         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8970     }
8971 }
8972
8973 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8974 {
8975     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8976     switch ( horiz )
8977     {
8978         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8979         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8980         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8981     }
8982
8983     switch ( vert )
8984     {
8985         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8986         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8987         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8988     }
8989
8990     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8991     {
8992         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8993     }
8994
8995     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8996     {
8997         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
8998     }
8999
9000     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9001     {
9002         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9003     }
9004 }
9005
9006 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9007 //       does not support vertical printing
9008 //
9009 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9010 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9011 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9012 //
9013 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9014 {
9015     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9016     {
9017         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9018     }
9019
9020     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9021     {
9022         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9023     }
9024 }
9025
9026 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9027 {
9028     if ( m_table )
9029     {
9030         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9031         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9032         {
9033             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0);
9034             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9035             {
9036                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9037                 rect.x = 0;
9038                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9039                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9040             }
9041         }
9042     }
9043 }
9044
9045 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9046 {
9047     if ( m_table )
9048     {
9049         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9050         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9051         {
9052             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9053             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9054             {
9055                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9056                 rect.y = 0;
9057                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9058                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9059             }
9060         }
9061     }
9062 }
9063
9064 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9065 {
9066     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9067     {
9068         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9069
9070         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9071         PrepareDC( dc );
9072         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9073     }
9074 }
9075
9076
9077 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9078 {
9079     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9080     {
9081         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9082
9083         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9084         PrepareDC( dc );
9085         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9086         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9087         attr->DecRef();
9088     }
9089 }
9090
9091 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9092 {
9093     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9094     {
9095         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9096
9097         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9098         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9099         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9100         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9101         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9102             return;
9103         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9104         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9105     }
9106 }
9107
9108 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9109 {
9110     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9111     {
9112         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9113
9114         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9115         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9116         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9117         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9118         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9119             return;
9120         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9121         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9122     }
9123 }
9124
9125 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9126 {
9127     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9128     {
9129         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9130
9131         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9132         {
9133             if ( enable )
9134             {
9135                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9136                 PrepareDC( dc );
9137                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9138             }
9139             else
9140             {
9141                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9142             }
9143         }
9144     }
9145 }
9146
9147
9148 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
9149 {
9150     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9151 }
9152
9153 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
9154 {
9155     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9156
9157     return GetRowHeight(row);
9158 }
9159
9160 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
9161 {
9162     return m_defaultColWidth;
9163 }
9164
9165 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
9166 {
9167     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9168
9169     return GetColWidth(col);
9170 }
9171
9172 // ============================================================================
9173 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9174 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9175 // ============================================================================
9176
9177 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9178 // setting default attributes
9179 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9180
9181 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9182 {
9183     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9184 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9185     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9186 #endif
9187 }
9188
9189 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9190 {
9191     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9192 }
9193
9194 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9195 {
9196     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9197 }
9198
9199 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9200 {
9201     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9202 }
9203
9204 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9205 {
9206     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9207 }
9208
9209
9210 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9211 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9212 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9213 // work correctly.
9214
9215 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9216 {
9217     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9218                      renderer,
9219                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9220 }
9221
9222 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9223 {
9224     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9225                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9226                      editor);
9227 }
9228
9229 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9230 // access to the default attrbiutes
9231 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9232
9233 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
9234 {
9235     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9236 }
9237
9238 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
9239 {
9240     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9241 }
9242
9243 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
9244 {
9245     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9246 }
9247
9248 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9249 {
9250     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9251 }
9252
9253 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
9254 {
9255     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9256 }
9257
9258 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9259 {
9260     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9261 }
9262
9263 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9264 {
9265     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9266 }
9267
9268 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9269 // access to cell attributes
9270 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9271
9272 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
9273 {
9274     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9275     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9276     attr->DecRef();
9277     return colour;
9278 }
9279
9280 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
9281 {
9282     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9283     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9284     attr->DecRef();
9285     return colour;
9286 }
9287
9288 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
9289 {
9290     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9291     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9292     attr->DecRef();
9293     return font;
9294 }
9295
9296 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
9297 {
9298     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9299     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9300     attr->DecRef();
9301 }
9302
9303 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
9304 {
9305     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9306     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9307     attr->DecRef();
9308
9309     return allow;
9310 }
9311
9312 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9313 {
9314     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9315     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9316     attr->DecRef();
9317 }
9318
9319 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9320 {
9321     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9322     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9323     attr->DecRef();
9324
9325     return renderer;
9326 }
9327
9328 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9329 {
9330     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9331     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9332     attr->DecRef();
9333
9334     return editor;
9335 }
9336
9337 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9338 {
9339     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9340     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9341     attr->DecRef();
9342
9343     return isReadOnly;
9344 }
9345
9346 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9347 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9348 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9349
9350 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9351 {
9352     if ( !m_table )
9353     {
9354         return false;
9355     }
9356
9357     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9358 }
9359
9360 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9361 {
9362     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9363     {
9364         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9365         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9366         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9367     }
9368 }
9369
9370 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9371 {
9372     if ( attr != NULL )
9373     {
9374         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9375
9376         self->ClearAttrCache();
9377         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9378         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9379         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9380         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9381     }
9382 }
9383
9384 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9385 {
9386     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9387     {
9388         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9389         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9390
9391 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9392         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9393 #endif
9394
9395         return true;
9396     }
9397     else
9398     {
9399 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9400         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9401 #endif
9402
9403         return false;
9404     }
9405 }
9406
9407 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9408 {
9409     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9410     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9411     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9412     if ( row >= 0 )
9413     {
9414         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9415         {
9416             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9417                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9418             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9419         }
9420     }
9421
9422     if (attr)
9423     {
9424         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9425     }
9426     else
9427     {
9428         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9429         attr->IncRef();
9430     }
9431
9432     return attr;
9433 }
9434
9435 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9436 {
9437     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9438     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9439
9440     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9441     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9442
9443     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9444     if ( !attr )
9445     {
9446         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9447
9448         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9449         attr->IncRef();
9450         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9451     }
9452
9453     return attr;
9454 }
9455
9456 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9457 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9458 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9459
9460 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9461 {
9462     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9463 }
9464
9465 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9466 {
9467     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9468 }
9469
9470 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9471 {
9472     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9473     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9474     {
9475         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9476     }
9477
9478     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9479 }
9480
9481 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9482 {
9483     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9484     if (!attr)
9485         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9486     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9487     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9488
9489     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9490
9491 }
9492
9493 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9494 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9495 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9496
9497 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9498 {
9499     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9500     {
9501         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9502         ClearAttrCache();
9503     }
9504     else
9505     {
9506         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9507     }
9508 }
9509
9510 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9511 {
9512     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9513     {
9514         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9515         ClearAttrCache();
9516     }
9517     else
9518     {
9519         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9520     }
9521 }
9522
9523 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9524 {
9525     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9526     {
9527         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9528         ClearAttrCache();
9529     }
9530     else
9531     {
9532         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9533     }
9534 }
9535
9536 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9537 {
9538     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9539     {
9540         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9541         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9542         attr->DecRef();
9543     }
9544 }
9545
9546 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9547 {
9548     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9549     {
9550         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9551         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9552         attr->DecRef();
9553     }
9554 }
9555
9556 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9557 {
9558     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9559     {
9560         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9561         attr->SetFont(font);
9562         attr->DecRef();
9563     }
9564 }
9565
9566 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9567 {
9568     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9569     {
9570         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9571         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9572         attr->DecRef();
9573     }
9574 }
9575
9576 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9577 {
9578     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9579     {
9580         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9581         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9582         attr->DecRef();
9583     }
9584 }
9585
9586 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9587 {
9588     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9589     {
9590         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9591
9592         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9593         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9594         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9595         attr->DecRef();
9596
9597         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9598         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9599         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9600         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9601         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9602                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9603         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9604                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9605
9606         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9607         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9608         {
9609             int i, j;
9610             for (j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
9611             {
9612                 for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++)
9613                 {
9614                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9615                     {
9616                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9617                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
9618                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9619                     }
9620                 }
9621             }
9622         }
9623
9624         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
9625         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
9626         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
9627         {
9628             int i, j;
9629             for (j=row; j<row+num_rows; j++)
9630             {
9631                 for (i=col; i<col+num_cols; i++)
9632                 {
9633                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9634                     {
9635                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9636                         attr_stub->SetSize( row-j, col-i );
9637                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9638                     }
9639                 }
9640             }
9641         }
9642     }
9643 }
9644
9645 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9646 {
9647     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9648     {
9649         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9650         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9651         attr->DecRef();
9652     }
9653 }
9654
9655 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9656 {
9657     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9658     {
9659         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9660         attr->SetEditor(editor);
9661         attr->DecRef();
9662     }
9663 }
9664
9665 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
9666 {
9667     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9668     {
9669         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9670         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
9671         attr->DecRef();
9672     }
9673 }
9674
9675 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9676 // Data type registration
9677 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9678
9679 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9680                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9681                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9682 {
9683     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9684 }
9685
9686
9687 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
9688 {
9689     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9690     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
9691 }
9692
9693 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
9694 {
9695     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9696     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9697 }
9698
9699 wxGridCellEditor*
9700 wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9701 {
9702     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9703     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9704     {
9705         wxString errStr;
9706
9707         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
9708         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
9709
9710         return NULL;
9711     }
9712
9713     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
9714 }
9715
9716 wxGridCellRenderer*
9717 wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9718 {
9719     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9720     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9721     {
9722     wxString errStr;
9723
9724         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
9725         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
9726
9727         return NULL;
9728     }
9729
9730     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
9731 }
9732
9733 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9734 // row/col size
9735 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9736
9737 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
9738 {
9739     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
9740 }
9741
9742 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
9743 {
9744     m_canDragColSize = enable;
9745 }
9746
9747 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
9748 {
9749     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
9750 }
9751
9752 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
9753 {
9754     m_canDragCell = enable;
9755 }
9756
9757 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
9758 {
9759     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
9760
9761     if ( resizeExistingRows )
9762     {
9763         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
9764         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
9765         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9766         // some speed optimisations)
9767         m_rowHeights.Empty();
9768         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
9769         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9770             CalcDimensions();
9771     }
9772 }
9773
9774 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
9775 {
9776     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
9777
9778     // See comment in SetColSize
9779     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
9780         return;
9781
9782     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
9783     {
9784         // need to really create the array
9785         InitRowHeights();
9786     }
9787
9788     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
9789     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
9790
9791     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
9792     int i;
9793     for ( i = row;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
9794     {
9795         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
9796     }
9797     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9798         CalcDimensions();
9799 }
9800
9801 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
9802 {
9803     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
9804
9805     if ( resizeExistingCols )
9806     {
9807         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
9808         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
9809         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9810         // some speed optimisations)
9811         m_colWidths.Empty();
9812         m_colRights.Empty();
9813         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9814             CalcDimensions();
9815     }
9816 }
9817
9818 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
9819 {
9820     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
9821
9822     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
9823     //                                                                 (VZ)
9824     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
9825     // what he is doing. However whe should test against the weaker
9826     // constariant of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
9827     //
9828     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
9829
9830     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
9831         return;
9832
9833     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
9834     {
9835         // need to really create the array
9836         InitColWidths();
9837     }
9838
9839     // if < 0 calc new width from label
9840     if ( width < 0 )
9841     {
9842       long w, h;
9843       wxArrayString lines;
9844       wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
9845       dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
9846       StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
9847       GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
9848       width = w + 6;
9849     }
9850
9851     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
9852     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
9853     m_colWidths[col] = w;
9854
9855     int i;
9856     for ( i = col;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
9857     {
9858         m_colRights[i] += diff;
9859     }
9860
9861     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9862         CalcDimensions();
9863 }
9864
9865 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
9866 {
9867     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
9868     {
9869         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9870         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
9871     }
9872 }
9873
9874 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
9875 {
9876     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
9877     {
9878         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9879         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
9880     }
9881 }
9882
9883 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
9884 {
9885     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9886     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
9887
9888     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9889 }
9890
9891 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
9892 {
9893     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9894     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
9895
9896     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9897 }
9898
9899 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
9900 {
9901     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
9902     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
9903     if ( width >= 0 )
9904         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
9905 }
9906
9907 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
9908 {
9909     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
9910     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
9911     if ( height >= 0 )
9912         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
9913 }
9914
9915 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
9916 {
9917     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9918 }
9919
9920 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
9921 {
9922     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9923 }
9924
9925 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9926 // auto sizing
9927 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9928
9929 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
9930 {
9931     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
9932
9933     // cancel editing of cell
9934     HideCellEditControl();
9935     SaveEditControlValue();
9936
9937     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
9938     int row = -1,
9939         col = -1;
9940     if ( column )
9941         col = colOrRow;
9942     else
9943         row = colOrRow;
9944
9945     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
9946     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
9947     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
9948     {
9949         if ( column )
9950             row = rowOrCol;
9951         else
9952             col = rowOrCol;
9953
9954         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9955         wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9956         if ( renderer )
9957         {
9958             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
9959             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
9960             if ( extent > extentMax )
9961             {
9962                 extentMax = extent;
9963             }
9964
9965             renderer->DecRef();
9966         }
9967
9968         attr->DecRef();
9969     }
9970
9971     // now also compare with the column label extent
9972     wxCoord w, h;
9973     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
9974
9975     if ( column )
9976     {
9977         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
9978         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
9979             w = h;
9980     }
9981     else
9982         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
9983
9984     extent = column ? w : h;
9985     if ( extent > extentMax )
9986     {
9987         extentMax = extent;
9988     }
9989
9990     if ( !extentMax )
9991     {
9992         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
9993         // than default extent but != 0, it's ok)
9994         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
9995     }
9996     else
9997     {
9998         if ( column )
9999             // leave some space around text
10000             extentMax += 10;
10001         else
10002             extentMax += 6;
10003     }
10004
10005     if ( column )
10006     {
10007         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10008         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10009         {
10010             int cw, ch, dummy;
10011             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10012             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10013             rect.y = 0;
10014             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10015             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10016             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10017             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10018         }
10019     }
10020     else
10021     {
10022         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10023         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10024         {
10025             int cw, ch, dummy;
10026             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10027             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10028             rect.x = 0;
10029             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10030             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10031             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10032             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10033         }
10034     }
10035     if ( setAsMin )
10036     {
10037         if ( column )
10038             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10039         else
10040             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10041     }
10042 }
10043
10044 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10045 {
10046     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10047
10048     if ( !calcOnly )
10049         BeginBatch();
10050
10051     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10052     {
10053         if ( !calcOnly )
10054         {
10055             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10056         }
10057
10058         width += GetColWidth(col);
10059     }
10060
10061     if ( !calcOnly )
10062         EndBatch();
10063
10064     return width;
10065 }
10066
10067 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10068 {
10069     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10070
10071     if ( !calcOnly )
10072         BeginBatch();
10073
10074     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10075     {
10076         if ( !calcOnly )
10077             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10078
10079         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10080     }
10081
10082     if ( !calcOnly )
10083         EndBatch();
10084
10085     return height;
10086 }
10087
10088 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10089 {
10090     BeginBatch();
10091
10092     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
10093
10094     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
10095     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
10096     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
10097     // scrollbar steps
10098     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX,
10099                    GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY);
10100
10101     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10102     // extra white space
10103
10104     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
10105     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
10106     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10107     {
10108         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10109         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10110         if ( diffPerCol )
10111         {
10112             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10113             {
10114                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10115             }
10116         }
10117
10118         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10119         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10120         if ( diff )
10121         {
10122             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10123             {
10124                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10125             }
10126         }
10127     }
10128
10129     // same for rows
10130     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
10131     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10132     {
10133         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10134         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10135         if ( diffPerRow )
10136         {
10137             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10138             {
10139                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10140             }
10141         }
10142
10143         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10144         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10145         if ( diff )
10146         {
10147             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10148             {
10149                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10150             }
10151         }
10152     }
10153
10154     EndBatch();
10155
10156     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
10157 }
10158
10159 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10160 {
10161     wxArrayString lines;
10162     long w, h;
10163
10164     // Hide the edit control, so it
10165     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10166     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10167     {
10168         HideCellEditControl();
10169         SaveEditControlValue();
10170     }
10171
10172     // autosize row height depending on label text
10173     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10174     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10175     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h);
10176     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10177         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10178     SetRowSize(row, h);
10179     ForceRefresh();
10180 }
10181
10182 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10183 {
10184     wxArrayString lines;
10185     long w, h;
10186
10187     // Hide the edit control, so it
10188     // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
10189     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10190     {
10191         HideCellEditControl();
10192         SaveEditControlValue();
10193     }
10194
10195     // autosize column width depending on label text
10196     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10197     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10198     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10199         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h);
10200     else
10201         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w);
10202     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10203         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10204     SetColSize(col, w);
10205     ForceRefresh();
10206 }
10207
10208 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10209 {
10210     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
10211     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10212
10213     int width, height;
10214     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
10215     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
10216
10217     if (!width)
10218         width = 100;
10219     if (!height)
10220         height = 80;
10221
10222     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate
10223     // NOTE: this still doesn't get rid  of the scrollbars;
10224     // is there any magic incantation for that?
10225     int xpu, ypu;
10226     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
10227     if (xpu)
10228         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
10229     if (ypu)
10230         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
10231
10232     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
10233     int maxwidth, maxheight;
10234     wxDisplaySize( &maxwidth, &maxheight );
10235     maxwidth /= 2;
10236     maxheight /= 2;
10237     if ( width > maxwidth )
10238         width = maxwidth;
10239     if ( height > maxheight )
10240         height = maxheight;
10241
10242     wxSize best(width, height);
10243
10244     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10245     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10246     // calculation.
10247     // CacheBestSize(size);
10248
10249     return best;
10250 }
10251
10252 void wxGrid::Fit()
10253 {
10254     AutoSize();
10255 }
10256
10257 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10258 {
10259     return wxNullPen;
10260 }
10261
10262 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10263 // cell value accessor functions
10264 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10265
10266 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10267 {
10268     if ( m_table )
10269     {
10270         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10271         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10272         {
10273             int dummy;
10274             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10275             rect.x = 0;
10276             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10277             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10278             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10279         }
10280
10281         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10282              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10283              IsCellEditControlShown())
10284              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10285              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10286              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10287         {
10288             HideCellEditControl();
10289             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10290         }
10291     }
10292 }
10293
10294
10295 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10296 // block, row and col selection
10297 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10298
10299 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10300 {
10301     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10302         ClearSelection();
10303
10304     if ( m_selection )
10305         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10306 }
10307
10308 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10309 {
10310     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10311         ClearSelection();
10312
10313     if ( m_selection )
10314         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10315 }
10316
10317 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10318                           bool addToSelected )
10319 {
10320     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10321         ClearSelection();
10322
10323     if ( m_selection )
10324         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10325                                   false, addToSelected );
10326 }
10327
10328 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10329 {
10330     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10331     {
10332         if ( m_selection )
10333             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
10334     }
10335 }
10336
10337 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10338 // cell, row and col deselection
10339 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10340
10341 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10342 {
10343     if ( !m_selection )
10344         return;
10345
10346     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10347     {
10348         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10349             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, 0);
10350     }
10351     else
10352     {
10353         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10354         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols ; i++ )
10355         {
10356             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10357                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, i);
10358         }
10359     }
10360 }
10361
10362 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10363 {
10364     if ( !m_selection )
10365         return;
10366
10367     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10368     {
10369         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10370             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( 0, col);
10371     }
10372     else
10373     {
10374         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10375         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows ; i++ )
10376         {
10377             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10378                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10379         }
10380     }
10381 }
10382
10383 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10384 {
10385     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10386         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10387 }
10388
10389 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10390 {
10391     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10392              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10393                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10394 }
10395
10396 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10397 {
10398     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10399              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10400                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10401                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10402                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10403 }
10404
10405 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10406 {
10407     if (!m_selection)
10408     {
10409         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10410         return a;
10411     }
10412
10413     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10414 }
10415
10416 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10417 {
10418     if (!m_selection)
10419     {
10420         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10421         return a;
10422     }
10423
10424     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10425 }
10426
10427 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10428 {
10429     if (!m_selection)
10430     {
10431         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10432         return a;
10433     }
10434
10435     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10436 }
10437
10438 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10439 {
10440     if (!m_selection)
10441     {
10442         wxArrayInt a;
10443         return a;
10444     }
10445
10446     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10447 }
10448
10449 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10450 {
10451     if (!m_selection)
10452     {
10453         wxArrayInt a;
10454         return a;
10455     }
10456
10457     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10458 }
10459
10460 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10461 {
10462     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10463     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10464     if ( m_selection )
10465         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10466 }
10467
10468
10469 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10470 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10471 //
10472 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10473                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10474 {
10475     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10476     wxRect cellRect;
10477
10478     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10479     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10480     {
10481         rect = cellRect;
10482     }
10483     else
10484     {
10485         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
10486     }
10487
10488     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10489     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10490     {
10491         rect += cellRect;
10492     }
10493     else
10494     {
10495         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10496     }
10497
10498     int i, j;
10499     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10500     int top = rect.GetTop();
10501     int right = rect.GetRight();
10502     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10503
10504     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10505     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10506     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10507     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10508
10509     if (left > right)
10510     {
10511         i = left;
10512         left = right;
10513         right = i;
10514         i = leftCol;
10515         leftCol = rightCol;
10516         rightCol = i;
10517     }
10518
10519     if (top > bottom)
10520     {
10521         i = top;
10522         top = bottom;
10523         bottom = i;
10524         i = topRow;
10525         topRow = bottomRow;
10526         bottomRow = i;
10527     }
10528
10529     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10530     {
10531         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10532         {
10533             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
10534             {
10535                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10536
10537                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10538                     left = cellRect.x;
10539                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10540                     top = cellRect.y;
10541                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10542                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10543                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10544                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10545             }
10546             else
10547             {
10548                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10549             }
10550         }
10551     }
10552
10553     // convert to scrolled coords
10554     //
10555     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10556     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10557
10558     int cw, ch;
10559     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10560
10561     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10562         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10563
10564     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10565     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10566     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10567     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10568
10569     return rect;
10570 }
10571
10572 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10573 // grid event classes
10574 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10575
10576 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10577
10578 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10579                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10580                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10581         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10582 {
10583     m_row = row;
10584     m_col = col;
10585     m_x = x;
10586     m_y = y;
10587     m_selecting = sel;
10588     m_control = control;
10589     m_shift = shift;
10590     m_alt = alt;
10591     m_meta = meta;
10592
10593     SetEventObject(obj);
10594 }
10595
10596
10597 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10598
10599 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10600                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10601                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10602         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10603 {
10604     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10605     m_x = x;
10606     m_y = y;
10607     m_control = control;
10608     m_shift = shift;
10609     m_alt = alt;
10610     m_meta = meta;
10611
10612     SetEventObject(obj);
10613 }
10614
10615
10616 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10617
10618 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10619                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
10620                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
10621                                                bool sel, bool control,
10622                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10623         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10624 {
10625     m_topLeft     = topLeft;
10626     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
10627     m_selecting   = sel;
10628     m_control     = control;
10629     m_shift       = shift;
10630     m_alt         = alt;
10631     m_meta        = meta;
10632
10633     SetEventObject(obj);
10634 }
10635
10636
10637 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
10638
10639 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
10640                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
10641                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
10642     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
10643 {
10644     SetEventObject(obj);
10645     m_row = row;
10646     m_col = col;
10647     m_ctrl = ctrl;
10648 }
10649
10650 #endif // wxUSE_GRID